summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-24 23:57:15 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-24 23:57:15 -0800
commitd57c7e74b23d0102edcc47c0d4d1e9a5524ab44a (patch)
tree9640376d99e1266022ea2c25ee46bd553f1b31e3
parent44250b838b47ddcd60e0488e416bf073345ca160 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/69064-0.txt3606
-rw-r--r--old/69064-0.zipbin70453 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h.zipbin1666009 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/69064-h.htm5465
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/images/cover.jpgbin1171114 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/images/i_044.jpgbin102530 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/images/i_094.jpgbin102125 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/images/i_142.jpgbin99663 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpgbin101354 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69064-h/images/i_title.jpgbin13065 -> 0 bytes
13 files changed, 17 insertions, 9071 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8964b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #69064 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/69064)
diff --git a/old/69064-0.txt b/old/69064-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f51973b..0000000
--- a/old/69064-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3606 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The little acrobat: a story of Italy,
-by Janie Prichard Duggan
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The little acrobat: a story of Italy
-
-Author: Janie Prichard Duggan
-
-Illustrator: Nana French Bickford
-
-Release Date: September 30, 2022 [eBook #69064]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: D A Alexander and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
- at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images
- generously made available by the Library of Congress)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LITTLE ACROBAT: A STORY
-OF ITALY ***
-
-
-
-
-
-THE LITTLE ACROBAT
-
-[Illustration: The pale apparition of Natale startled them all.
-_Frontispiece._
-
-_See page 167._]
-
-
-
-
- THE
-
- LITTLE ACROBAT
-
- A STORY OF ITALY
-
-
- BY
-
- JANIE PRICHARD DUGGAN
-
-
- _WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY_
-
- NANA FRENCH BICKFORD
-
- BOSTON
-
- LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY
- 1919
-
-
-
-
- _Copyright, 1919_,
-
- BY LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY.
-
- _All rights reserved_
-
- Published, September, 1919
-
- Norwood Press
- Set up and electrotyped by J. S. Cushing Co., Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
- Presswork by S. J. Parkhill & Co., Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
-
-
-
-
- DEDICATED
- TO MEMORIES OF
- TWO LITTLE “ANGELICALS” OF ROME
- SPOTTISWOODE AND SUSIE
- BY
- “CUDDIE”
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I ALONG THE WHITE ROAD 1
-
- II NONNA 12
-
- III IN THE RING 26
-
- IV THE FESTIVAL OF SAN LORENZO 39
-
- V A GIFT FOR THE CIRCUS 55
-
- VI SEPARATION 73
-
- VII THE CAGED BIRD OF THE FIELDS 91
-
- VIII THE CAGE DOOR OPENED 105
-
- IX THE FLIGHT OF THE BIRD 121
-
- X ON THE WING 133
-
- XI FLUTTERING A LITTLE FARTHER 150
-
- XII AT LAST 167
-
-
-
-
-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
- The pale apparition of Natale startled
- them all _Frontispiece_
-
- Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the tent
- from the garden terrace PAGE 45
-
- The priest led Natale to the other end of
- the house “ 94
-
- “_Capitomboli_, such as the boy who was
- here just now made in the circus at
- Cutigliano” “ 142
-
-
-
-
-THE LITTLE ACROBAT
-
-_A STORY OF ITALY_
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-ALONG THE WHITE ROAD
-
-
-THE July sunshine lay hot and golden over the fields of wheat on the
-Italian hillsides, and the deep shade of the chestnut woods along the
-road was more inviting than the white glare beyond. The sun stood
-directly overhead, and along the middle of that white, dusty road there
-was not an inch of shadow.
-
-A small brown house on wheels crept slowly along this sunny way,
-drawn by a queer, ill-matched team of three--a plump white horse with
-long, silky mane and tail, a large spotted horse with fierce eyes and
-nostrils, and a lean, little brown pony, with strangely twisted neck.
-
-Up and up, always a little higher up, the horses toiled with the
-house-wagon, as the road rose into the mountains. From the interior
-of the wagon came the sound of voices, mingled now and then with a
-complaining note, or an exclamation of pain. The travelers were very
-tired, and poor Pietro’s fever was rising with every turn of the wheels.
-
-Several men and a sturdy girl of fifteen walked beside the horses in
-the powdery white dust. Behind the big wagon lagged a boy of eight or
-nine years. This was Natale,[1] a slight little fellow, with dusty lean
-legs and dragging feet. His light brown hair curled damply about his
-sun-browned forehead, and he wore an old, misshapen hat set far back on
-his pretty head. His loosely fitting clothes were dingy with dust but
-Natale did not mind, for, presently, they would come to Cutigliano,
-the old, old town on the mountain side, and there they would camp out
-on the soft, green grass. And Natale knew from much experience that
-nothing could clean the dust from travel-stained clothes so well as
-rolling down the grassy slopes of the chestnut woods, with Niero and
-Bianco as companions.
-
-[Footnote 1: Pronounced Nah-tah´le.]
-
-Of course the sun was hot; was it not always hot at noon of a summer’s
-day in the Apennines? But Niero did not complain, and why should Natale?
-
-Bianco had tired of trotting along at Natale’s side, and at the last
-stopping-place, when Pietro had had a drink of water from the wayside
-fountain, the tired little black dog had begged to be allowed to ride,
-and had been willingly taken inside the wagon.
-
-Natale never asked to ride in the wagon, unless he were very tired and
-sleepy. They were rather crowded in there even without him, for Pietro
-took up a great deal of room, now that he had to lie down all the time.
-Besides, the other children, good travelers as they usually were,
-sometimes grew quarrelsome and made the mothers and the grandmother
-angry. Natale did not like quarreling and loud voices, so he always
-preferred his resting times to be given him on the back of one of the
-horses. But now Tesoro and Il Duca were tired also, and they were so
-near Cutigliano, it did not matter if Natale did lag behind a little,
-always with big Niero for company.
-
-Niero was a large, lean, white dog with a closely sheared body. About
-his neck, however, he wore a fluffy collar of long white hair, and
-bracelets of the same adorned his four paws, while his long tail ended
-in a tuft, having very much the appearance of a dishmop. Why this
-white dog should have been named Niero, meaning black, the clown who
-had also named the little black dog Bianco, white, could have best
-explained.
-
-By and by, long after the gray church tower had come in sight and the
-red-tiled roofs of the town showed bunched together against the green
-of the wooded hillside, the travelers reached the arched stone bridge
-across the river at the foot of the mountain. Here the wagon made a
-halt before beginning the last steep climb to the town. Above, they
-could see the stone wall which was the boundary of the road winding by
-loops, one above the other, up the mountain side, but the town had now
-disappeared from view, so sheer was the rise of the chestnut woods.
-
-This halt gave Natale time to come up with the wagon, and then he sat
-down with a tired sigh on a heap of mending-stones by the roadside, in
-front of the wagon door. His legs ached with weariness, but this was
-no time to think of riding, as even the women and all the children but
-Pietro must alight now, to relieve the horses in the last pull up hill.
-Natale watched them descend from the wagon one by one, by the steps one
-of the musicians placed at the door.
-
-First came Nonna, the grandmother of Rudolfo and Tito and the five
-other children of the blond acrobat, Antonio Bisbini. She was not
-Natale’s Nonna, of course, yet everybody called her Nonna, and why
-should not he, who had no grandmother of his own?
-
-Nonna carried Tito in her arms and led Rudolfo by the hand. Then
-came Tito’s mother, the three-months’-old infant, Gigi, in her arms,
-followed by Olga, who held little Maria by the hand. Next, Natale’s own
-mamá stepped down, glad to stretch her active limbs by walking, after
-nursing Pietro for so many tedious hours. Then the rest of Bisbini’s
-children scrambled out, aided by the music-man’s helping hands.
-
-On they went again then, the clown, who was Natale’s stepfather,
-walking at the horses’ heads, and cracking his long whip, and
-chirruping to them while the other men strode behind the wagon, pushing
-upon it with all their might at the steep places in the road.
-
-The women and children, meanwhile, left the road to climb the short
-cuts upward, leading directly from terrace to terrace,--mere paths
-paved with rough stones, here and there loosened and displaced by
-rushing rain-torrents of the past. The little ones bore the heat and
-the roughness of the way without murmuring, being allowed to straggle
-along as they pleased, now stopping to gather a red poppy from the
-edge of the wheat, now dropping on the ground to search for a briar
-afflicting some tired foot. Natale was not the last in the procession
-now, for he was anxious to get to the top and see what the tall wheat
-and the green slopes were hiding from his eyes.
-
-At last they reached the wide turn in the road where the wagon must
-finally stop, at the edge of the town field. The wagon also came
-toiling upward, and now the good horses might rest. So these were
-unhitched from the wagon, and while one or two of the men led them
-up the steep, paved street into the village to find food and shelter
-for them, the others attended to the house-wagon, drawn close against
-the low stone wall inclosing the field, placing great stones against
-the wheels to steady it in its place. Now was Natale’s hour and the
-dogs’, and they understood this as well as he! Over the low wall they
-scampered and down on the soft, hot grass they lay, rolling over and
-over down the gentle slope of the field until, suddenly, Natale found
-himself landing directly upon his feet, with a whirring in his head,
-and the sound of distressed barking in his ears.
-
-The dogs had had the wit to stop on the very edge of a sharp descent
-which Natale had not noticed, and now they stood on the bank,
-half-a-dozen feet above him, their forefeet firmly planted on the brink
-of the grassy precipice, and their tufty tails high in the air, begging
-with all their might to know whether their dear little comrade were
-hurt. Natale was not hurt, but the jar of the descent gave him a queer
-feeling under the waistband of his trousers, and he sat down directly
-where he stood, on the lower terrace, turning his back upon the dogs.
-
-A fringe of bushes threw a narrow band of shade about him from above,
-and he made up his mind to stay there till something should be made
-ready for dinner. He hoped he would not be wanted to fetch anything
-from the village,--he was always fetching something for somebody. He
-had heard his mother calling to her husband to bring a little meal for
-the polenta,[2] when he should finish stabling the horses, and he knew
-there was wine left in the flask in the wagon.
-
-[Footnote 2: Mush of corn meal.]
-
-From where Natale sat he could look directly down upon the roof of a
-house far down by the stone bridge and could faintly hear the rushing
-of the little river Lima over the rocks. Presently he eased himself
-out on the grass at full length, with his arms crossed beneath his
-head. As he dropped off to sleep, he was thinking how well it was that
-there could be no performance in the tent that evening. He was sure
-that Arduina would laugh more than ever at his stiff little feats on
-the circus carpet if he should have to turn somersaults after the long
-tramp.
-
-Then Natale slept, with the great green mountains closing around him,
-and Bianco the black dog and Niero the white keeping watch above his
-head from where they had stretched themselves on the edge of the
-terrace in the sun.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-NONNA
-
-
-NATALE, as will have been discovered by this time, was an Italian
-circus boy, a cheerful, happy little soul, who loved his “profession”,
-and whose ambition reached to the giddy height of some day rivaling
-even Antonio Bisbini in his wonderful trapeze performances. He loved
-everything connected with the life he led,--the long slow journeyings
-through his beautiful Italy, the camping out at night along the quiet
-roads, the open-air loungings in some village through the sunny days,
-until the evening should come and the oil lamps be lighted in the tent,
-and the people come crowding in to see Arduina dance the tight rope,
-and little Olga do her wonderful turns and twists on the carpet, and
-to applaud Antonio and the clown and the horses, and--yes, and himself
-too, little Natale, stiff as his short thin legs always were and
-hopeless, as Arduina declared, in his bows and scrapes.
-
-Besides the three musicians, there were two families in the strolling
-company. Giovanni Marzuchetti was the clown, also the stepfather of
-Paulo, Arduina, Pietro, Natale and little Maria, and husband of Elvira,
-the black-haired mother of the five children. This man had no children
-of his own but was kind in his rough, clownish way to Natale and the
-rest.
-
-It is not difficult to understand why Giovanni should have married
-Elvira and her family, when it was known that the woman brought to her
-husband a small fortune in the shape of her own wonderful skill as
-a rider of horses, and the little ones as possible acrobats of the
-future. They had been married for two years now, and if Giovanni had
-counted largely upon his ready-made family for speedy reënforcements
-in the “ring”, he must have become a little discouraged even by this
-time. It is true that Paulo and Arduina were well trained in the art of
-circus acting; but poor Pietro, the middle-sized one, who was twelve
-years old, was always ailing and feeble. Sleeping out of doors in the
-marshy regions had developed in his system a chronic fever which could
-not be thrown off, even with the aid of Nonna’s assiduous doctoring,
-and lately the weakness had settled in one leg and foot, threatening
-permanent lameness.
-
-Natale, who came next, was agile enough when running about on his slim
-brown legs, but his funny stiff-legged somersaults and awkward antics
-in the ring were matters of jesting among the whole troop. Poor little
-Natale, who did so wish to be like Antonio Bisbini!
-
-Lastly there was Maria, who was a mere baby and as yet only just
-learning to stand upright on her stepfather’s head.
-
-But Antonio Bisbini, the father of the other family, was the star of
-the little troop of strolling players. Tall and lean and muscular, he
-stood six feet two in his sandals. His blond hair and skin and strong,
-clear-cut features gave him the look of some stern young Viking from
-the cold forests of the North, yet this youthful-looking, ruddy athlete
-was already the father of seven young children.
-
-No one in the company, not even the clown, could hold a candle to
-Antonio in looks or in graceful skill. Natale was sure that the noblest
-and most beautiful figure in all Italy was that of Antonio Bisbini
-as he would step forth from behind the tent-curtain, ready to thrill
-the spectators about the ring. The flesh-colored tights clothing his
-limbs showed to perfection their symmetry and grace, relieved by the
-brilliantly spangled hip garment of black velvet and fringe, while the
-proud glance of his gray eyes and the light tread of his feet never
-failed to impress the beholder.
-
-Antonio’s oldest, little red-haired Olga, tumbled and danced with all
-a healthy child’s love of activity and applause, and Oh! how Natale
-envied her the perfect “wheels” she turned, one after the other with
-dizzying swiftness across the dusty strip of carpet in the ring. But
-the rest of Antonio’s seven were as yet too small to be useful as
-tumblers or dancers, and Nonna’s hands were always full, while their
-mother did her daring dances in the air.
-
-The three musicians, then, and Nonna completed this strolling band of
-twenty, with the two horses, the dogs and the twisted-necked pony. Poor
-Caffero had grievously hurt his pretty neck one day when very young,
-while tied in his stall and leaping to reach his food from a manger
-set cruelly high. Since then he had trotted painfully through three
-years of going up and down the earth, with his brown head and long neck
-twisted far around to one side without the power of righting them.
-Caffero would have made a pretty part of the show had not this accident
-befallen him. As it was, he was good for little but helping to guide
-the house-wagon along the weary roads. Yet every one loved Caffero.
-
-On the day of the arrival at Cutigliano the two horses Tesoro and Il
-Duca were left in their stalls in the village stables during the whole
-afternoon, while Caffero was brought down the steep village street
-and allowed to graze in the public field. Nonna herself had gone up
-for him with Tito in her arms, after the midday meal of polenta, or
-thick mush of yellow meal, had been eaten. As the trio passed through
-the narrow street of the village, many heads turned to wonder at the
-strangers--the gray-haired woman, the bright-eyed child in her arms,
-and poor Caffero, who always seemed pulling against the leading rope
-and trying to twist his head after something left behind.
-
-It was while Nonna, a little later, was tying Caffero’s rope to a
-tree in the field that she spied the two dogs asleep in the sun near
-the edge of the terrace. As Tito recognized them at the same time,
-and called them in his baby voice, the grandmother added her summons,
-and was rather astonished at their failure to obey. They bounded to
-their feet, it is true, but instead of scampering to meet her, they
-stood still, quivering with nervous excitement and waving their tails
-in much perplexity. Then as Tito began to fret and belabor the air
-with his fists, Nonna started swiftly toward the dogs with something
-threatening in her gait.
-
-But where were they, those lazy brutes, which a moment before had
-defied her and then had promptly disappeared? A few more hasty steps
-brought Nonna near enough to the edge of the descent to see both Niero
-and Bianco crouching over Natale on the lower terrace. The boy had been
-awakened by the sudden onset of his faithful friends, and lay looking
-lazily upward as Nonna and Tito peered over at him.
-
-“Natalino!” the old woman exclaimed, and, at the word, Natale scrambled
-to his feet.
-
-“I am ready! Where am I to go?” he asked hurriedly, preparing to creep
-up the bank. But Nonna only laughed and reached down a helping hand to
-the child, as he clutched at the long grass for support.
-
-“Come and eat your polenta,” she said, when Natale stood at her side,
-the dogs panting close by. “I suppose they have saved you a bite. Why
-did you run away? Though, as for that, you were not missed in all this
-hurly-burly of arriving. Now, Niero, stand on your hind legs and beg.
-See, Tito is fretting for you to do it--”
-
-“But we haven’t a bone or a crust of bread for him, Nonna,” Natale
-pleaded. “See how sadly his eyes look at you. Giovanni always gives him
-a bone.”
-
-“There! take to your legs then, poor thing!” Nonna cried in a friendly
-way to the hungry dog. “Perhaps to-morrow there will be a bone. Who
-knows?”
-
-Natale ran off toward the wagon, followed by the patient animals, who
-perhaps were well assured that he was going to share with them his own
-scanty heap of polenta.
-
-The brown house on wheels leaned slightly inward against the stone wall
-for security, as the hill’s incline was steep at this point. The door
-opened directly upon the top of the wall, which formed a broad and
-convenient doorstep, reached from the ground by a short ladder. About
-the wagon and in the field close by everybody was busy.
-
-The great canvas of the tent had been unpacked from the top of the
-wagon, and the two women sat on the ground patching the holes and
-thin places worn in it by long use. Some of the men were making trips
-back and forth from wagon and field, carrying sections of board for
-inclosing the ring. These were to be set up in their places by and by,
-when Antonio should have finished marking off the circle on the grass,
-with the hole in the center for the tent pole. There was nothing, as
-yet, for the children to do but loll in the shadow of the wagon, asleep
-or awake, and chatter among themselves.
-
-As Natale and the dogs drew near, Elvira, the boy’s mother, looked up
-from her stitching and clapped her hand to her forehead on seeing them.
-
-“Natale! I had forgotten the child. Little pest, where have you been,
-away from us all, and your dinner? One would think you had friends in
-the town and had been taking your polenta in grander houses than ours
-here.”
-
-Natale replied to these mocking words with only a rather naughty shrug
-of the shoulders, and went to sit down on the lowest step of the short
-ladder against the wall.
-
-“Give him his polenta, Arduina,” Nonna called shrilly from a little way
-behind. “He was asleep, Elvira, all tired out with walking to-day as
-much as any man among us. I keep my eyes open. Don’t scold the boy.”
-
-“One would think my Natale your own grandson, Nonna,” Elvira replied,
-laughing good-naturedly.
-
-“All boys are as her own sons or grandsons,” Nonna’s daughter-in-law
-interposed carelessly, as the old woman passed on with Tito, perhaps to
-see that Arduina gave Natale his proper share of mush.
-
-In Nonna’s big warm heart there was indeed room for the sons and
-grandsons of those who were too sparing of motherly love and care for
-their own. The gray-haired woman had long ago accepted this wandering
-life for the sake of continuing near to her only son, Antonio, the
-acrobat, and Antonio’s children. When her boy at the age of twenty-two
-had given up everything that his mother thought of worth in the
-world--home, a decent, quiet life in it, books, school, a career as a
-priest--in order to marry Cara, a rosy, lithe-limbed rope-dancer out of
-Egypt, he had found that his mother was not going to be given up along
-with these. By and by, when the babies began to come every year or two,
-Nonna came to be appreciated even by the fantastic daughter-in-law
-given her by Antonio, while in the hearts of all the little ones Nonna
-was--well, Nonna,--and therefore everything good and patient and sweet.
-
-It was Nonna who cared for the ailing Pietro, who rubbed Natale’s stiff
-ankles and elbows with an ointment of her own invention to limber
-them up, who thought to tuck Olga’s long red hair out of the way when
-practice time came and the curling locks would have teased the little
-face and shoulders turned upside down and hindside before. It was Nonna
-who nursed the babies and put them to bed while the mothers rode the
-horses in the tent, and Nonna who led the poor pony about to “fresh
-fields and pastures new”, and Nonna who instructed giddy-brained
-Arduina in the simple mysteries of concocting savory stews out of next
-to nothing, and how to make corn meal for ten do service as polenta for
-twice as many. The little troop could not have done without Nonna, no,
-indeed!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-IN THE RING
-
-
-IT took all of that first day and most of the next to get everything
-into shape for an exhibition on the second night after the arrival of
-the circus troop at Cutigliano.
-
-The turf had been removed from the ring, or round space inclosed by the
-low panels of wood, and the tent pole erected, by the time the canvas
-was mended and the side curtains were ready to be hung.
-
-The sun was just about to slip over the mountain rim in the west when
-everything was done, and it only remained to draw the stout ropes and
-hoist the canvas into position. Natale was generally on hand when this
-was done, listening for the creaking of the pulley at the top of the
-pole, as the dull yellow canvas slowly rose into position, till, all
-at once, it spread like a queer, pointed mushroom over the green grass
-of the field.
-
-It was a fortunate thing that there was no wind that first evening,
-for if there had been even a stiff breeze there would have been no
-performance. A very little wind caught under the canvas spread on that
-exposed hillside before it was securely roped into place might have
-carried it all away to be stranded in the tops of the chestnut trees
-below, and a new canvas for such a _circo_ as that would have cost
-certainly three hundred francs.
-
-When at last the tent was raised, Giovanni hung above the entrance a
-broad strip of blue canvas with clowns’ and horses’ heads painted upon
-it, and the sign in large letters: “Circo Equestre”, which is Italian
-for “Circus with Horses.”
-
-Lastly, figured curtains of pale green calico were hung around the
-little vestibule, so that outsiders who had not paid the entrance fee
-might not peep inside and see what was going on, without payment.
-
-Now all was ready, and it was still early, although almost dark in the
-field. Among the mountains, where one lives perhaps at the foot or even
-half-way up the slopes, night falls early, because the sinking sun is
-hidden from sight over the mountain tops long before it really drops
-into the sea behind them.
-
-Yet it was not quite time to light the lamps inside the tent, as the
-performance was not to begin until half-past eight o’clock. Cutigliano
-was full of Italians, and a few English and Americans who had left
-the hot cities behind, with their churches and picture galleries and
-ruins, and had come to the pleasant hotels of the ancient mountain town
-to enjoy the fine air and the beautiful chestnut woods during the hot
-summer months. These visitors would not be through with their dinners
-at the hotels before eight o’clock, while the servants and plain
-village folk would find a late hour convenient for coming down the hill
-to the yellow tent.
-
-At seven o’clock, however, the three men, with the big brass horn, the
-cornet and the drum, climbed the stony street into the town and made
-lively music in the little stone-paved _piazzas_, or open squares,
-where the children played in the sunset light.
-
-By this time everybody in Cutigliano had learned what had been going
-on down in the field for the past two days, and many even of the rich
-strangers had made up their minds to go to see the show, partly out of
-curiosity, partly out of kindly purpose to help the strolling players.
-It had been announced that six _soldi_, or cents, would admit to the
-side of the ring where there would be benches and a chair or two for
-seats, while three cents offered room on the other side with a few
-boards and the green grass as accommodation. Visitors were invited to
-bring chairs for their sittings, if possible.
-
-The music sounded very brave and loud as it returned down the very
-steepest street of all, which ran between high walls past Madame
-Cioche’s English _pension_ or boarding-house and ended in the field.
-As this was a dark and even dangerous descent at night for the unwary,
-Antonio had driven a nail into a tree at the foot of the street, and
-had hung there a smutty tin lamp, with the light flaring and the smoke
-pouring from two long spouts.
-
-Nonna had beguiled most of the children away from the tent by this
-time, and was putting the youngest to bed in the wagon, while the
-others rolled over the grass behind the tent.
-
-Natale was as busy as a bee in the small tent which opened out of the
-large one. This was the dressing room, and the different costumes of
-the actors lay in heaps on the boxes scattered about.
-
-As half-past eight o’clock approached, the boy became as excited as if
-this were to be his first appearance in public, and he kept lifting up
-the flap of curtain dividing the two tents to see how fast the seats
-were filling. The band had brought back a horde of village children in
-its train, and though few of these were possessed of the three cents
-charged for children, they served to keep up an appearance of bustle
-and enterprise outside, where the band now played the National Hymn of
-Italy gaily in the light of the big lamp at the entrance.
-
-Cara, the mother of Olga and the rest of the seven, stood in the
-vestibule and took in the great copper cents which by and by began to
-pile up in the bowl on the table. She was a very striking person to
-look at, with her coal-black hair frizzed bushily on each side of her
-head, with her flashing black eyes and her heavy brows, her red, red
-lips and cheeks, and her scarlet and black gown. No one dared to slip
-in behind the rustling skirts or portly form of anybody without paying,
-for her piercing eyes seemed everywhere. Once or twice, when the crowds
-about the doors seemed to hesitate and to wonder whether, after all,
-it were worth while to expend six or even three cents for what was to
-be seen behind the curtain, the pretty little figure of her Olga was
-seen to flit, as if by accident, across the vestibule, the full light
-streaming over her little full blouse of yellow satin, and her pink
-feet tripping as if on air.
-
-The anxious half-hour of expectation ended in the sight of a full
-circle surrounding the ring, and then the band came inside and all the
-performers slipped into the smaller tent and hurried on their costumes.
-
-The band played on; Arduina danced a measured dance on the tight
-rope which was stretched near the ground; the clown made his funny
-jokes; Antonio performed his clever feats on the bars; Elvira rode the
-galloping horses with Cara dancing in and out and everywhere, while
-Giovanni cracked the whip and Paulo held the bar for Il Duca to leap.
-The pantomime then brought shouts of laughter and loud hand-clappings
-from the spectators; and afterward the tumbling began.
-
-There was nothing that Olga loved so much, and she showed it in every
-line of her chubby, yet nimble little figure as she came prancing into
-the ring, and then went heels over head, over and over again, without
-stopping to breathe, as far as the strip of dusty carpet stretched.
-Then back again she tumbled, only stopping to toss a stray wisp of hair
-from her flushed face.
-
-Next Arduina came tripping in, and over and over she went too, not so
-gracefully and daintily as Olga had done, for Arduina was getting a
-little too large for that kind of thing,--a great girl of fifteen years.
-
-The clown followed Arduina, dressed in his clumsy suit of black
-and white, and what a farce his tumbling was, to be sure; only the
-spectators must have known that he failed in order to make them laugh
-at his awkwardness, and make merry they did.
-
-Somehow Natale never quite enjoyed the laughter which often accompanied
-his own performances, and now his time had come.
-
-“_Ecco!_ Natalino!” called his stepfather, the clown, rushing behind
-the curtain all breathless and covered with dust. “Over and over and
-over you go, youngster, without stopping to sneeze between!”
-
-Natale was such a little fellow, so much smaller than Olga even, that
-many of the faces outside the ring softened at sight of him, as he
-darted out into the light of the lamps and then halted to make his
-funny little salute. He was dressed in imitation of the clown, in long
-black trousers and a tailed black coat, with a pointed white waistcoat
-reaching below his waist. With an earnest seriousness very different
-from Olga’s smiling grace, Natale turned his first somersault, paused
-on his back, turned another jerkily, while the little boys watching
-him hooted, and a ripple of laughter ran around the ring. Back again
-he came, however, his thin black legs sprawling in air, and his pale
-little face flushing with the exertion. On his feet again, he clapped
-one hand to the back of his neck, bobbed his head to the spectators,
-and trotted off behind the friendly curtain, satisfied that he had,
-at least, done as well as usual, and pleased with the loud clapping
-attending his exit. Indeed, there was a clapping and a calling out of
-something with laughing voices.
-
-“_Il picino! Il picino!_”[3]
-
-[Footnote 3: “The little boy! The little boy!”]
-
-“You will have to go back, Natalino,” laughed the clown. “Salute them
-and stand on your head, boy, but don’t lose it on the way.”
-
-The music played loudly, and Natale stepped gravely back again, made
-his odd little bow, and fell over on his hands as the first step toward
-standing on his head. Poor, stiff little legs! It took more than one
-effort to throw them into an upright position above his head, but
-finally he really did accomplish it, and stood thus several seconds
-while the shouting and laughing went on.
-
-When Natale had disappeared a second time behind the curtain, there
-were a few grave faces among the laughing ones looking on. An English
-lady whispered to her companion and sighed.
-
-“The poor little fellow is evidently afraid to disobey that dreadful
-clown,” she said. “Did you see how he trembled as the man stood over
-him, when he tried to stand on his head? Something ought to be done to
-put a stop to this, Betty.”
-
-“The child looks weak, as if he were not very well fed,” Betty
-answered, “but I do not think he looks unhappy. And the clown was
-certainly smiling, and seemed to be standing by as if to help the
-little boy accomplish his wonderful feat, I thought. Don’t distress
-yourself, Aunty. He is just learning, it may be, and they bring him in
-to contrast him with that little beauty who turned the ‘wheels.’ Send
-the boy some good bread and meat to-morrow, and that will be better for
-him than our empty sympathy.”
-
-But “Aunty” was not satisfied, as we shall see.
-
-The last act of the evening again brought Natale to the fore. The big
-spotted horse, Il Duca, was again brought into the ring, and after he
-had cantered gaily around inside the ring many times, to the music of
-a schottisch, striking terror to the ladies occupying the front seats,
-with their knees pressed against the low barrier, the clown suddenly
-called a halt and caught the bridle of the panting steed. Gently the
-solemn strains of the “Dead March” sounded through the tent, and Il
-Duca fell slowly and painfully upon his knees, and then rolled over
-upon the ground, apparently dying. The light dust of the ring stirred
-under the beast’s laboring nostrils, and deep groans issued from his
-throat, while Giovanni stood mournfully by and the music played on.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-THE FESTIVAL OF SAN LORENZO
-
-
-SUDDENLY the small black figure of Natale appeared, kneeling at the
-horse’s side, although no one had seen him slip in. With his hands
-clasped in distress, he lifted his voice in such a disconsolate wail
-that even Betty started and wondered if the horse could be really dying.
-
-The solemn march was still sounding in the tent, and before speaking
-the clown gave the spectators full time to take in the tragic tableau.
-Then he exclaimed briskly:
-
-“What are you crying about, boy?”
-
-“Because our horse is dead.”
-
-“Do you think he is quite dead, Natale?”
-
-“Oh, quite,” wailed the child.
-
-“Get up and feel his pulse, boy. If there is any pulse he is not dead.”
-
-Natale went nearer and took one of the great hoofs of the horse
-fearlessly into his little hands, and felt for the “pulse.”
-
-“Well, what do you find?” asked the clown impatiently.
-
-“There isn’t any pulse,” the little fellow wailed again, laying down
-the big black hoof with the utmost tenderness.
-
-“Too bad,” quoth the clown, taking his seat deliberately on the
-prostrate horse, which lay as motionless as if certainly dead. Then,
-all in a moment, Natale’s manner changed, and he skipped around in
-front of Giovanni, remarking glibly that the gentleman had found a
-beautiful sofa to sit upon.
-
-“And I shall have a kiss to prove that the beast is not dead,”
-exclaimed the clown, chirruping a little and smacking his lips. And the
-great brown head of the horse lifted itself from the dust, the graceful
-neck turned, and Il Duca actually kissed his master, then scrambled
-hastily to his feet as if glad for that job to be over, while Giovanni
-hurried him out of the ring.
-
-“Such silly jokes!” commented Mrs. Bishop, otherwise Aunty, as the
-performance ended, and the rollicking crowd poured out of the tent.
-“Think of my having spent two whole hours listening to them, and all
-on pins too, for fear that poor, ill-used child should be forced to do
-some other unchristian thing.”
-
-“But, Aunty, what did you expect when you came?” Betty asked
-impatiently. “Surely the little show was not bad, and there was
-actually nothing but what was quite decent in every way.”
-
-“I call it ‘bad’ to beat and starve children into turning themselves
-into monkeys.”
-
-“If people would not go to see the ‘monkeys’ it would be stopped,” was
-Betty’s retort.
-
-“Well, I am sure I only went to oblige Mrs. Choky,” Aunty said in an
-injured tone. “She said she thought we ought to encourage the poor
-people on their first night. But it will be my last night there, as I
-shall very soon inform her. ‘Encourage’ them to martyrize that poor
-child, indeed!”
-
-From the first performance in Cutigliano, therefore, Natale’s trouble
-began, although he did not know it. Contented and tired he lay down
-in his corner of the brown house on wheels and went to sleep, while
-the men let down the big yellow canvas of the large tent and furled it
-about the pole. But first, he ate his supper of macaroni with the rest
-of the actors, gathered in the small tent behind. Midnight suppers were
-the rule on the nights when there were performances, as it would have
-been at the risk of upsetting their stomachs in more ways than one to
-eat food beforehand.
-
-Later, the stars kept quiet watch above the little encampment, where
-even Pietro slept well, with the open house door admitting the fresh
-air of the mountains.
-
-For ten days the yellow “mushroom” spread over the grass of the field,
-although very much in the way of the fine city gentlemen, playing
-at ball with bats like tambourines. The noisy music at night and
-the cheering in the tent may have kept the invalids in the nearest
-boarding-houses awake and nervous, and the people at large may have
-grown tired of the performances which they soon learned by heart,
-but no one felt inclined to hustle the poor people away, and no one
-grumbled except Mrs. Bishop.
-
-There was something pathetic about the clown in his everyday dress,
-his gayety and paint all gone and the deep lines of his face showing
-too plainly in the garish light of day, as he pottered about the tent,
-adjusting ropes, and keeping off the village boys who would throw
-stones upon the old canvas, or play hide and seek among the curtains.
-It gave one a queer feeling, also, to fancy the drooping figure of
-Pietro, with his pure little face like alabaster, a member of the
-“wicked circus troop.”
-
-This child was perhaps twelve years old, and he had the face of an
-angel. He had begun to lose his daily feverishness after a week in the
-mountains, and was soon able to limp, and later to run feebly about the
-field with the village boys.
-
-[Illustration: Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the tent from the garden
-terrace. _Page 45._]
-
-But Natale, spidery little Natale, interested every one more even than
-did Pietro. Yet he looked only an everyday lad during the long summer
-days, when he trotted up and down, to and from the town, carrying now
-a bowl of this, now a flask of that, but always carrying something. To
-most people he seemed as happy as the days were long, just as ready
-for a chat with a strange foreigner who might address him in broken
-Italian as with old Sora Teresa who sold fruit and vegetables in the
-piazza, and who sometimes presented him with a ripe red tomato, or a
-slice of melon all green and pink.
-
-But Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the tent from the garden terrace of
-Madame Cioche’s boarding-house every day, and slowly formed a plan for
-making Natale’s life happier. Poor little Natale!
-
-The terrace garden above the field was shaded with plane trees and the
-mountain ash, and the grass was soft and richly green. Each afternoon
-some of the boarders would gather at the palings on the edge of this
-garden and watch the gentlemen playing ball below, and the village boys
-imitating Olga and Natale at turning somersaults and wheels.
-
-One afternoon, while the boarders were drinking tea under the ash
-trees, with the berries overhead turning red, and the sun streaming
-across the croquet ground, there came a knock at the side door of the
-boarding-house. Madame Cioche herself opened the door, and there stood
-Natale, smiling up into her face, with the old blue hat set far back on
-his dark curls. The lady noticed that the boy’s face was very clean.
-
-“Happy day to you,” he said brightly, using the peasant form of
-address, “and my mamá says will you please send her a cup of tea? She
-is feeling ill to-day.”
-
-Of course Madame Cioche would send the tea, fetching it herself from
-the dining room and handing it to the boy. But she kept Natale a moment
-to ask how it was that his mamá could possibly like tea.
-
-“Oh, but she has it every day when we are in Egypt,” was the reply.
-“And to-day her head aches. Thank you, Signora.” And Natale went off
-down the hill carrying the big cup as carefully as his bowls and flasks
-were always carried.
-
-Mrs. Bishop overheard the word “Egypt” and sighed.
-
-The next day was Sunday and an important festival, being the day of
-San Lorenzo. A great harvest of _soldi_ was expected, as peasants from
-all the mountain villages would come trooping in that day, to go to
-high mass in the church under the old mountain firs, and to take part
-in the procession of the “saints” in the afternoon. So there was, of
-course, to be a performance in the tent that day, but in the afternoon
-this time, just after the procession, instead of in the evening, when
-everybody would be tired or toiling homeward along the dark mountain
-ways. As there was nothing for him to do about the tent, however, until
-five o’clock should boom from the stone tower of the church, Natale
-made good use of his legs during the whole day, for there was much to
-see.
-
-Betty Bishop had tossed a penny into his hands down over the garden
-palings that very Sunday morning. Perhaps she was thinking of some
-little child at home in England who would be clamoring for a penny
-to carry to Sunday school, but Natale had no thought of dropping his
-precious two _soldi_ into the priest’s collecting bag in the church.
-
-The _piazza_ was too fascinating a place to be passed by, when one held
-a penny of his own fast in his fist. With the dogs on each side of him,
-therefore, Natale spent most of the day above in the town, going from
-booth to booth, and in fancy spending his money over and over again.
-There were sweets of various kinds offered for sale on the little
-tables along the steep, narrow streets, and booths of everything from
-coarse stuffs and ready-made clothing to breastpins of gay mosaic work
-and filigree rings.
-
-Everywhere Natale was jostled by the peasants who all through the
-morning had flocked to the town, dressed in their best clothes and
-wearing holiday looks on their faces. The women and girls wore gay
-kerchiefs on their heads, with brilliant borderings and flowing ends,
-while even the men wore bits of vivid color in the shape of gorgeous
-neck scarfs spread over their white shirt fronts. Mingled with these
-walked the lords and ladies of a higher class dressed according to the
-fashion plates of Paris, and seeming to enjoy the hot sunshine and the
-gay restiveness of the multitude as much as the plainer folk. All day
-the frolic and prayers and the music of the town band and the church
-organ went on in the little town, till mid-afternoon, when there fell a
-hush over all and a great expectation.
-
-Natale had not a very good place from which to see the procession pass,
-for he stood between a very stout peasant woman and a visiting priest
-in his full black gown. Still, he managed to peer from under their
-elbows without attracting their attention, and he was content, holding
-securely in one hand, meanwhile, the balloon whistle which he had
-finally purchased with his penny. The pretty red bubble of rubber had
-not yet burst, and Natale was happy in its possession. The handful of
-crisp wafers flavored with anise seed, which he had almost bought--so
-very foolish he had been--would have been eaten long ere this, and it
-would be as if he had never had a penny of his own tossed over the
-fence to him by a smiling young lady, but now he still had the whistle!
-
-On they came, the straggling company of men and boys, dressed in white
-gowns and cowls, and bearing huge lighted candles in their hands.
-Natale thought he would like to have been one of the two boys bearing
-the immense candlesticks of brass; yet, after all, the candlesticks
-must be very heavy, and they were propped very uncomfortably on the
-little boys’ stomachs, and very red and perspiring were the little
-boys’ faces.
-
-Natale thought the men’s feet ugly and clumsy, showing below the white
-gowns, and their harsh, chanting voices made him shiver. But he could
-not follow the awkward marching steps of the peasants with laughing
-looks as some of the onlookers were doing, for here, behind the banners
-and crucifixes, came two very curious-looking objects.
-
-“_Ecco!_ the dead saints!” he exclaimed softly to himself. “How heavy
-they must be in the glass boxes on the men’s shoulders. Yet our Antonio
-Bisbini would never bend so under a small box as those men do. Ah!
-but the little girls are pretty, so pretty in their white veils, and
-scattering flowers before the saints.”
-
-The crowd closed in upon the end of the procession now, and Natale
-could see no more, as he was nearly overturned where he stood. After
-a breathless moment or two, he found himself left in peace and quiet
-under the great old fir trees in front of the church, with the crowd
-all gone and Nicro and Bianco with them.
-
-Nonna had told him to be sure and see the saints, if possible, so he
-went into the dark old church and sat down on a low chair to wait for
-the procession to return. He knew that San Lorenzo and Sant’ Aurelio
-would surely be brought back to spend the night in the church, perhaps
-in front of the candle-lighted altar, and he wished to please Nonna. It
-was dark and quiet in his corner under the organ gallery, and it was a
-very easy and natural thing for a tired little boy to fall asleep in
-that quiet place.
-
-When the procession returned after half an hour, it was without the
-blare of trumpets and the crash of organ music, though for a long
-while shuffling feet passed in and out. This continued until everybody
-had looked at the two saints robed in costly garments and reposing now
-at full length on their satin cushions within their caskets of glass
-set before the altar. Many touched the rich cloths draping the caskets
-with reverent fingers, and pressed kisses on the cold glass before
-passing out into the radiant sunset light.
-
-When Natale waked, the church doors were still open, but only one light
-swung before the high altar, and there was no trace anywhere of dead
-saint or living soul. He groped his way among the disarranged chairs
-and benches quite to the altar rail, but even the empty biers had been
-borne away to some inner recess of the church, so, with a dread that
-he had overslept awaking in his mind, Natale found his way out of the
-church again.
-
-The purple bloom of evening was creeping up the mountain sides, and a
-star glowed in the sky. Just above the mountain line in the west the
-crescent moon hovered, as if uncertain over which side to sink. The
-dread in Natale’s mind had nothing to do with saints or dark churches.
-On awaking, his first sensation had been a fear that he might have
-missed the afternoon performance in the beloved tent, and now, standing
-outside the church in the dusk, he knew that he had missed it!
-
-With a sob in his throat he turned his face from the telltale sky,
-and fled through the village down to the field. When he reached the
-wagon,--for he would not go to the tent, quiet now and unlighted,--the
-first words he heard came from Olga:
-
-“Have you not heard, Natalino? Giovanni has lost a hundred francs!
-Somebody stole them when he changed his coat in the little tent. Yes, I
-know you were not there! We wondered where you could be!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-A GIFT FOR THE CIRCUS
-
-
-NATALE held his breath with horror. One hundred francs lost! And he
-not at hand to hear of it, to help look for the money, among the very
-first? He could not ask Olga how it had happened, because his heart was
-almost too disappointed and sore for words. He sat down on the wall,
-with his back toward the tent, and waited for her to tell all about the
-loss, although he was not at all certain that she would condescend to
-do so. In fact, she said not a word more, but stood in front of Natale,
-wondering not a little at his unusual quiet.
-
-“You are sulky!” she exclaimed finally, “and Giovanni is very angry
-with you. So am I, for I had to feel Il Duca’s pulse, and I did not
-like it at all. Suppose he had kicked me, seeing that it was not you.”
-
-“Il Duca was dead!” Natale retorted, with a twinkle in his eye, if only
-Olga could have seen it. “He would not know you from me!”
-
-“Dead!” cried Olga. “I believe you truly do think that, when you set up
-your crying, Natale; really I did not do it half so well as you,” she
-confessed honestly.
-
-“But you ‘wheel’ much better than I do,” Natale conceded with ready
-generosity in return.
-
-“Il Duca did not shut his eyes at all,” Olga went on, nodding assent
-to Natale’s remark, “and I am sure he _winked_ at me, Natale, just to
-frighten me. It did not take _me_ long to feel his pulse! But where
-were you, Natalino, all the time? Nonna said she was afraid some of the
-peasants had stolen you and carried you off, when Niero and Bianco
-came home without you.”
-
-“As if they would have let anybody steal me! Olga, I went to sleep in
-the church, waiting for the saints to come back, and when I waked it
-was dark, almost as dark as this!”
-
-“Oho! then you must have been in the church when Arduina and I went
-in to look at the saints. Arduina said--but you must not dare to tell
-anybody--she said that she did not believe there were any bones under
-the saints’ fine velvet robes because San Lorenzo had a hand of pink
-wax, and the rest of him looked rather stuffed. But do not tell Nonna,
-Natale!”
-
-“Arduina is very wicked,” said Natale, but he laughed with Olga, and
-then felt much better, and as if he could ask about the losing of the
-money.
-
-They were in a little nook to themselves, behind the wagon, and no one
-heeded them.
-
-“_Ecco!_ it was this way,” Olga began, charmed to be the first to
-recount the misfortune to Natale, who was usually behind none in his
-knowledge of the affairs of the company. “Just when Giovanni was going
-in to do the clown in the first dance on the rope, the Signor Barbera,
-the stable man, came behind the big tent with his bill for keeping the
-horses, and Giovanni took the big pocketbook out of the pocket of his
-coat--”
-
-“Yes, I know which pocket,” Natale interposed. “I saw him put the money
-there this morning.”
-
-“Well, the signor could not make the change, so he told Giovanni it was
-all right, and any time would do, and then Antonio rang the bell for
-Giovanni, and he just put the pocketbook back in his coat and hung the
-coat on the nail in the little tent, and hurried on the black coat, and
-went into the ring.”
-
-“Yes, and then?” asked Natale breathlessly.
-
-“When he came back, he saw his coat on the ground, and he knew he had
-hung it up. ‘How comes my coat on the ground?’ he said, very loud
-indeed, and your mamá told him he must have put it there himself. But
-he did not hear her, because he was shaking the coat and feeling in the
-pocket,--but there was nothing there!
-
-“We made a great fuss about it,” Olga ended, shrugging her shoulders
-and throwing up her hands, “but what was the use?”
-
-Natale was silent with dismay. A hundred francs meant so much. It was
-all that they had made during the ten days’ stay at Cutigliano, and now
-it was gone, in a moment.
-
-“The stable man?” he questioned in a distressed tone of voice, and very
-low.
-
-“No, Giovanni said it could not have been the signor. He is a rich man
-and honest, everybody says.”
-
-So subdued were they all over the trouble of the afternoon that
-not even Elvira thought it worth while to scold the quiet boy who
-presently slipped in among the little crowd of players in the tent,
-deep in fruitless discussion over their grievous loss. They had had a
-crowded tent that afternoon, and the receipts had been so good that
-this evening would have been one of rejoicing if only the money for
-the labors of the ten other days and nights had been again safe in
-Giovanni’s pocket. There was not the slightest clew to the thief, as
-no stranger had been known to enter the tent, and Giovanni had even
-interviewed the Signor Barbera from outside the doorway. It had been
-necessary to be on the lookout for possible thieving, as the field was
-crowded all the afternoon with strange peasants, attracted by the band
-music and the big yellow tent, and by peddlers with their wares. One
-very decent-looking peddler had begged pretty, vain Arduina to look at
-his beautiful jewelry and ribbons, but she had refused him entrance
-very reluctantly, and Giovanni himself had noticed how patiently and
-decorously the man had turned away. He had worn a red fez cap over his
-long black hair, and his bushy black beard had reached nearly to his
-waist.
-
-“I saw him!” Emilio, one of the musicians exclaimed, “and his legs
-were as crooked as Pietro’s, only they bent out at the knee instead of
-in!” There was a laugh at this sally, but Pietro frowned and muttered
-something about Emilio’s having little right to criticize the legs of
-others.
-
-“I met such a man as I came out of the church in the crowd,” said
-Nonna, hastening to speak that a dispute might be avoided. “He walked
-very well notwithstanding his poor, bent legs, and he asked me if he
-were too late to get a glimpse of the blessed relics. A politer man I
-never saw, though Tito was afraid of him, and began to cry when the man
-snapped his fingers at him.”
-
-Poor Natale felt so left out in the cold with this talk that he could
-not bear it long, and was just about to creep away, down to his corner
-in the wagon, when a strange hand lifted a corner of the tent flap, and
-a strange voice inquired for “_Il piccolo Natale_.”
-
-“Some ladies up at the house there have a little present for you all,”
-the black-coated Italian butler of the boarding-house announced,
-peering in upon the group gathered about the sputtering lamp inside,
-“but they wish to send it down by the boy, Natale.”
-
-Then Natale was himself again, and without demur or bashfulness
-presented himself to the servant.
-
-“It is well you turned up in time, Natalino,” said the clown, giving
-him a little shove toward the dignified butler waiting just outside.
-“Perhaps Olga would not have done, in this case. Off with you to the
-_forestieri_[4] above!”
-
-[Footnote 4: Foreigners.]
-
-Many a boy would have been abashed at finding himself the center of
-such a group as awaited Natale in the hallway of the house in the
-garden. But Natale was too well accustomed to an array of faces fixed
-upon him to make the least show of bashfulness. The lady of the house,
-whose pleasant face he knew very well, laid her hand on his shoulder
-and asked him kindly in Italian if anything had been heard of the money
-lost that afternoon, and her soft, dark eyes looked sympathetically
-into his own.
-
-“No, signora, and my papá says we shall never see a _soldo_ of it
-again,” was Natale’s prompt answer.
-
-“Ask him if they have any idea of the person who stole it,” Betty
-Bishop suggested in English, and Madame Cioche did so. Natale’s answer
-to this was more expressive than polite perhaps, for without words
-he simply raised his shoulders as high as possible, pressing his
-elbows against his sides, and spreading his hands wide to indicate the
-complete ignorance of his people as to the coward who had taken their
-hard-earned money. And the drawn-down corners of his mouth so changed
-the expression of his face that one would hardly have known him.
-
-“Who would have believed the child could make himself so ugly,” Mrs.
-Bishop exclaimed. “Have you no tongue, boy, to answer properly?”
-
-But as English words were far less intelligible to Natale than
-Caffero’s whinny, or Niero’s bark, he only looked up into Madame
-Cioche’s face and smiled.
-
-“There! it is a bonny little face after all,” said that lady, “and now
-shall we give him the money and send him away?”
-
-“No, let me speak to him first,” demanded Mrs. Bishop, “and you, Mrs.
-Choky, must interpret. Ask him if he likes to be a wicked little circus
-boy.”
-
-“Aunty!” gasped Betty.
-
-“Never mind, I have a reason for my question, Betty. Hush, what does he
-say?”
-
-“Do you like to play in the circus, dear?” asked Mrs. Cioche’s kind
-voice, in Italian.
-
-Natale’s eyes shone.
-
-“Ah, yes, signora! And when I am a man, I shall be another Antonio
-Bisbini.”
-
-“He says he likes it very much, Mrs. Bishop,” was the interpretation.
-
-“Already corrupted, poor boy, and so young!” the old lady sighed, while
-Betty laughed outright.
-
-“Ask him if he would not like better to have some nice clothes, and go
-to school, and grow up to be a decent man some day, Mrs. Choky.” That
-lady hesitated a little before putting this question into Italian.
-
-“What does she say to me?” Natale asked, his brown eyes twinkling as he
-looked from one to the other, his teeth showing white between his red
-lips. Natale’s was a wide, good-natured mouth, very prone to laugh upon
-small provocation.
-
-“She wants to know if you would not like to go to school, and learn to
-read and write,” said Madame Cioche.
-
-“And leave the _circo_?” Natale asked with a gasp.
-
-“Yes, you could not go to school unless you should stop in one place,
-you know.”
-
-“And not travel about with the horses and wagon any more, and leave
-Nonna?”
-
-“Of course, Natale. But she is only asking you about it, _carino_, so
-do not look so troubled.”
-
-Natale laughed then, and happily.
-
-“She wanted to find out how much I love the _circo_!” he exclaimed.
-“Please tell her, signora. You know, how we all love the _circo_!”
-
-“I think I do, Natale. He does not want to go to school, Mrs. Bishop,”
-turning to the eager old lady, “because he loves his life with the
-circus and his own people too much.”
-
-“And he does not wish to leave his grandmother,” chimed in Betty who
-had very cleverly picked up a good deal of Italian during a winter and
-summer in Italy, and all grandmothers are Nonnas in that land.
-
-Mrs. Bishop was silent for a moment, her gaze taking in every detail
-of Natale’s little figure standing sturdily before her, dusty shoes,
-and rough peasant leggings, velveteen trousers, faded blue blouse, and
-rumpled curls, with the old hat held in one sun-burned hand. His face
-was not so clean as usual now, and there were tired circles about his
-eyes. It had been a long, exciting summer’s day.
-
-“Children--especially boys--do not know what is best for themselves,”
-she said presently, bending her brows, but not in the least frightening
-Natale, “and I am not going to give up my plan, for this baby’s
-nonsense. Why, he cannot be over eight years old, at the most.”
-
-“Here, Natale,” said Madame Cioche, judging that the interview might
-well be concluded, and handing the boy a small packet. “Take this to
-your papá, and tell him that the ladies and gentlemen in my house have
-heard of the loss of the money, and are sending him thirty-five francs
-as a little present. Can you carry it safely?”
-
-Again Natale’s sweet smile broke over his face, but he only nodded
-happily in reply, tucking the money away in the bosom of his blouse.
-
-“Ask him how long they are going to stay,” Mrs. Bishop called after
-Madame Cioche, who was going to the gate with Natale.
-
-“He says that the _sindaco_--the mayor--has offered them the use of the
-field for another week,” Madame Cioche said, her eyes glowing, as she
-returned to the hall. “I am glad of that, as the poor creatures will
-need all they can make here, now.”
-
-“I call it a sort of punishment, their losing the money when playing on
-Sunday,” Mrs. Bishop said severely, and one or two other English ladies
-nodded their approval of this speech. “And I think the whole business
-wrong and that it ought to be discouraged. I was not at all sure about
-the propriety of giving my francs to your little collection, Mrs.
-Choky.”
-
-“Would it have been more Christian to have let them suffer, perhaps for
-food, and the poor beasts too?” the hostess asked, pausing on her way
-through the hall.
-
-“But surely you think circusing wrong and _un_christian?” the
-disputative old lady exclaimed.
-
-“Aunty, do be quiet,” cried Betty warmly. “I am sure you ought not to
-dispute ‘on Sunday’! Besides,” she added, as everybody laughed, and two
-or three softly applauded, “they make their living that way, and we
-cannot change them into farmers, or preachers. But I think it is always
-wrong not to help honest people who are in trouble.”
-
-“If they _are_ honest,” Mrs. Bishop remonstrated, but under her breath,
-this time, for Madame Cioche’s eyes were sparkling, and she seemed
-waiting to speak.
-
-“Those poor creatures down there deserve nothing but praise,” she said
-stoutly; “they are quiet folks, who teach their children obedience and
-keep themselves remarkably clean and mended. If they make their living
-in a way we do not approve, we cannot change them, as Miss Betty says,
-but we can feed them when they are hungry, and that seems to me not
-‘unchristian’!”
-
-“I am afraid she has a little temper,” said Mrs. Bishop, as their
-hostess went upstairs.
-
-“A temper I like!” exclaimed a gentleman who had before kept silent,
-looking up from his book. “But do you still think of carrying out your
-plan, Mrs. Bishop?”
-
-“If possible, certainly,” was the reply, while Betty, shaking her head,
-walked out into the garden. There, under the stars, she stood looking
-down upon the tent in the field. There was no wind, and the heavens
-were fair, so the canvas had not been furled.
-
-“I should like it myself,” she murmured. “What a fascinating life to
-live! Camping out the year round in Italy, with no troublesome dressing
-four times a day, no tiresome _table-d’hôte_ dinners at night. But
-after all I should not like to be that girl,--Arduina, they call her.
-Of course, Aunty is right about the rope dancing and other ‘circusing’
-on Sunday, only she need not be quite so fussy over what we certainly
-cannot help. Poor Natale! how disturbed he did look when Madame Cioche
-asked him about going to school!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-SEPARATION
-
-
-NATALE lay flat on the grass, his face hidden on his arms, and his feet
-rebelliously kicking the ground. The added week granted by the mayor
-had passed, and the circus-wagon was about to move on.
-
-“You are only to try it, child, and if it will not do, you can come
-back to us. One year is not a hundred.”
-
-No reply from Natale.
-
-“You ought to think, sometimes, of how many mouths your stepfather has
-to fill,” another voice began. “Five children, and not one his own.”
-
-“Why did he marry us then?” fiercely muttered Natale, but without
-lifting his head, so perhaps nobody heard.
-
-“You will have new clothes and shoes!”
-
-“And a new hat, Natalino!”
-
-“And you will learn to read much faster than I can teach you ’Lino,
-with all the practicings and the journeyings. Perhaps you will even
-learn to be as clever as my Antonio was, before--” Nonna ended with a
-sigh instead of more words.
-
-The women and girls were in the side tent, busied about dinner, and
-Nonna would not finish her sentence in the presence of Antonio’s wife.
-
-“I would rather be our Antonio than--than the King or the
-_principino_,”[5] Natale cried helplessly. Then he sat up on the worn
-grass, and faced them all, tearful but resolute. “I shall not stay here
-with the priest and go to school, mamá,” he said earnestly. “You shall
-not leave me behind and take Maria and Pietro and the rest.”
-
-[Footnote 5: Young prince.]
-
-“Perhaps we can persuade Giovanni to leave little Bianco with you, if
-the good priest does not object,” Nonna whispered in his ear.
-
-“No, I shall go with you,” returned Natale.
-
-“Ah! what is all this?” came suddenly in Giovanni’s gruff, good-natured
-tones. “What? Natale will not stay? The beautiful little star of the
-ring will not leave us in the darkness?” And the clown entered the tent
-and flung himself down, laughing, beside the little boy.
-
-“Hurry with the polenta, Arduina,” he called to his stepdaughter, who
-had lifted her hot face from the steam of the mush pot to laugh at the
-man’s rough wit. “The biggest hole yet torn in the tent must be mended
-this afternoon, and the canvas is almost dry now in this wind. If it
-had not rained yesterday, and if the wind had not played us such a
-trick on the very eve of our going, we should have made our fortunes
-yesterday. A cattle fair does not offer itself every day, with its
-crowd of country bumpkins who never saw a man in tights. Now, that will
-do, Natale,” turning to the boy, who was sniffing audibly. “Hours ago
-it was all decided, and there is nothing more to be said.”
-
-“Then I am _not_ to stay in this horrid place, Giovanni--papá--”
-
-“‘Giovanni--papá--!’ No more of these tears, Natalino. You are to stay
-in this beautiful place, and after polenta, you are to go up to the
-garden and thank the lady.”
-
-With a loud, rebellious howl, Natale sprang to his feet and rushed
-out into the open air. Nor did he stop until he stood among the briar
-bushes below the garden palings. Clenching his small grimy fists, he
-stood there looking up toward the many-windowed _pension_ and shook
-them vehemently, while his shrill voice cried out passionately:
-
-“I shall not stay here! I shall not go to school! I like my old hat,
-and I want Nonna to teach me to read. I shall never thank you, _never_,
-NEVER, NEVER!”
-
-He had seen no one in the garden, and was only addressing the whole
-houseful of his enemies up there in the big yellow building with the
-staring windows. Why should they interfere with him? Why should any one
-be trying to make him wretched,--the most wretched boy in all Italy?
-
-“Heyday! what’s all this about?” and a white-haired old man, speaking
-from the garden, came close to the palings and looked over at the
-small, threatening figure among the bushes. “I cannot understand your
-gibberish, if you are talking to me. You would better go away now,
-little boy, or some of your people will come and whip you.”
-
-“How suddenly you stopped the noise, Mr. Grantly,” exclaimed Betty,
-coming up to his side. “Who was it? Why, Aunty’s little protégé,
-Natale! How pitiful he looks, walking away as if his feelings were
-hurt. You must have frightened him.”
-
-“Not a bit of it, ma’am. He frightened _me_ with his fierce little
-voice. It came suddenly, just as I was dropping off to sleep in my
-chair. It is a relief to have them moving on this afternoon, with
-their horns and drum. But that boy stays, some one tells me. Is it
-possible that the family agreed to give him up? I have understood that
-the Italians cling to each other as much as even we do in America or
-England. Do they really leave the child?”
-
-“For more money than he could ever bring them by his somersaulting,
-yes,” Betty answered. “Sometimes I think Aunty really does not know
-what to do with her money,” the girl went on confidentially to the
-old gentleman, who was listening with interest. “Now, that boy has no
-desire to be taken away from ‘the evil life he is leading’ in Aunty’s
-estimation, and he does not wish to be sent to school and become ‘a
-decent man.’”
-
-“Ah! tell me the whole plan, now. I heard something of it a few days
-ago.”
-
-“It is very simple--all but getting Natale to agree to being imposed
-upon,” Betty went on a little vexedly. “Aunty has had the stepfather
-and the mother up here several times this past week to be talked to,
-and an old woman who seems to be the grandmother of them all. Miss
-Lorini has done all the interpreting, and also saw the priest about it,
-as Madame Cioche would not. They have agreed to leave Natale here for
-one year; he is to be taken care of by the priest’s mother, and to be
-sent to school and made ‘decent,’ poor little fellow.”
-
-Mr. Grantly laughed, but said nothing, for his heart was still young
-and understanding of boyish hearts, if his head was white, and he felt
-a wise interest in Mrs. Bishop’s philanthropic scheme.
-
-“Aunty is to pay everything, and she says she thinks she knows now why
-all the hotels up at Abetone were full so she could not get a good
-room there for these three weeks. She finds that she was ‘ordained’
-to rescue a boy from his persecutors, as she persists in calling
-the circus men. It is supposed, I believe, that all little boys and
-girls of circuses have been stolen from kind parents, and if not are
-half-killed with cruelty by their own.”
-
-“You speak very warmly, young lady,” Mr. Grantly remarked, a little
-reproof in his tone. “There is no doubt that many such children do
-suffer and are very unhappy.”
-
-“Those certainly do not!” retorted Betty, pointing to a number of the
-circus children frolicking in the field with Niero and Bianco. Olga’s
-red cotton dress was flitting over the grass, and her merry laugh was
-echoed by the other little ones, as Niero finally caught her red skirts
-in the chase.
-
-“Of course the clown objected at first,” Betty continued, “but Aunty
-was more determined than he and soon proved to him that it would be
-worth his while to agree. The old lady, whom they call Nonna, was
-curiously anxious for Natale to have a chance at schooling. I wondered
-at that till I heard about her son.”
-
-“Yes, I know,” Mr. Grantly assented. “Some, however, would think he
-had made a very fair exchange in giving up the future of a priest for
-the easy, out-of-doors life of an acrobat. There is no accounting for
-tastes, though. And is this boy to be made a priest?”
-
-“Only let my Aunty hear you say that!” laughed the girl. “No, indeed,
-but the priest was the only one who would agree to be troubled with
-the child, after Miss Lorini had explained all Aunty’s conditions--how
-Natale was to have a cold bath every morning, meat to eat every day,
-and new shoes as soon as his old ones come into holes. The priest,
-too, has agreed to write a letter to Aunty every month to tell her of
-Natale’s progress--”
-
-“Toward growing into a ‘decent man’?” interposed Mr. Grantly. “Well, I
-hope the plan will work well for all parties. Few Italian peasant lads
-get such a chance.” Then the old gentleman went back to his chair to
-continue his nap.
-
-All that afternoon, until four o’clock, there was an unusual bustle
-going on about the little encampment. The tattered, damp, half-ruined
-canvas was rolled up and packed along with poles and planks and ropes
-on a small cart hired for this occasion, while the cooking utensils
-and the scant furniture of the tents were gathered together for
-conveyance in the house-wagon. It was a cold and dreary day, following
-the night of stormy wind, with the clouds settling close about the
-mountain tops and the wind sweeping down the valley wet with rain. And
-in the heart of Natale there was even less promise of sunshine. He sat
-apart from the others on the damp wall, frowning and sullen.
-
-Half an hour before, he had been almost forcibly dragged up the hill
-to the house in the garden by Giovanni, who had made little jokes to
-hide the sulkiness of the boy’s replies to the questions of the ladies
-gathered there. Madame Cioche had promptly hidden herself when she saw
-the green gate open and the pair coming in, but the clown had walked
-directly through the hall and up to the little table where Mrs. Bishop
-sat taking her tea.
-
-No command of Giovanni nor persuasion of Miss Lorini, who was an
-artist, could induce Natale to say: “Thank you, signora, for your
-kindness.” His revolt had been beforehand hushed into silence by some
-very plain threats of punishment by his mother, but nothing could make
-him say that he was glad to stay in Cutigliano and go to school every
-day.
-
-He stood before them all, miserable as a child could be, his face very
-clean and pale, and a new pair of shoes already upon his feet. They
-pinched his toes woefully, but his heart ached more than his feet.
-
-“You will love the signora very much, some day, when you are a man
-and remember how good she was to the poor little boy who knew nothing
-but how to turn somersaults,” Miss Lorini had said caressingly in her
-softest Italian, studying the piteous face meanwhile with an eye to
-painting it some day, when it should smile again.
-
-“I shall learn to do something besides the _capitomboli_,[6] when I
-am a man,” Natale had said eagerly. “I shall be like our Antonio some
-day.” Perhaps these foreigners would be willing to leave him in peace
-if he could convince them that he _wished_ to be a strolling player all
-his life.
-
-[Footnote 6: Somersaults.]
-
-“He speaks as if he does not exactly understand,” said Miss Lorini,
-looking at Giovanni inquiringly. “Does he not know that he is to give
-up the circus now?”
-
-Giovanni shrugged his shoulders, then shook Natale’s slender shoulder,
-muttering:
-
-“No more of your silly talk, boy!” Then louder, “If you will not thank
-the lady, I do, with all my heart.” And with that he bowed low, then
-pushing Natale before him, went quickly away. He was, in secret, rather
-sorry for the boy, who had never before given any trouble with foolish
-willfulness, and who had moreover such high ambitions! It did seem a
-stupid life to which they were leaving the poor child, but then there
-was to be considered the roll of money already sewed into his own
-belt, with more to accumulate there, if Natale should be left still
-another year with the priest Luigi. If rich _forestieri_ had nothing
-else to do with their money but give it away in this frantic fashion,
-the stepfather was not unwilling to share the bounty, and Elvira, the
-mother, had seemed not to mind.
-
-So now Natale sat alone on the wall, feeling very much out of it all,
-and longing to hear some one say, “Natalino, do fetch me this”, or
-“Carry that”; but no one said anything of the kind. They seemed to feel
-that he was no longer one of them, and his little heart swelled to
-breaking.
-
-He was too young to long harbor ill-will and of too sunny a spirit
-to sulk for many minutes at a time, so presently he slipped off the
-wall and ran to meet Olga, who was struggling over to the traveling
-house-on-wheels, dragging two stools behind her. The very last things
-were being done, and already the horses were standing by, ready to be
-hitched at the last moment.
-
-“Do let me carry the stools, Olga,” Natale pleaded with unwonted
-entreaty in his voice. “Well, one of them, then.”
-
-“I am sorry you are going to stay behind here, Natalino,” the little
-girl panted. “Why do you? I should run after the wagon if I were you!”
-
-Natale had never thought of such a simple thing to do by way of escape!
-He promptly set down the stool he had grasped and looked fixedly away
-from Olga’s red-brown eyes.
-
-Alas! in that critical moment, what did he see approaching from the
-village? The flat, broad-brimmed hat and flowing black skirts of a
-priest, descending the street and turning in at the field!
-
-There was then not a moment to be lost! Forgetting Olga and the heavy
-stools, Natale turned and fled, away--anywhere--out of sight of the
-jailor advancing. Everything flashed out of his mind except the impulse
-to escape, to hide himself from those searching eyes under the felt hat
-brim. His flying feet skimmed across the field, and when they had borne
-him out of sight down the nearest slope, Natale flung himself on the
-ground under a thicket of thorny blackberry bushes.
-
-He lay there for what must have been a long time, for, after a while,
-a sudden shower of rain swept down the valley and for a few minutes
-enveloped everything in a gray mist. Even after it had passed, Natale
-delayed returning to the wagon until the priest should have quite gone,
-in despair of capturing his prisoner. When at last he did venture
-forth, and crept to the upper verge of the slope, his first glance was
-across the field for the brown wagon.
-
-It was not there!
-
-He set out in a headlong run for the place where it had stood. There
-was nothing left--absolutely nothing. Only a priest sat quietly waiting
-in a gap in the wall.
-
-Natale, with eyes only for the deserted spot, came stumbling upon the
-man, without so much as seeing that he was there, and then the priest
-rose, and taking the boy’s hand, spoke with the utmost quietness.
-
-“Come home with me now, Natalino,” was what he said, and Natale heard
-as one hears dream voices.
-
-Poor child! If he had only listened, he might have heard the dull
-screeching of the brakes as the wagon crawled carefully down the hill
-toward the arched bridge, and it would have been an easy matter to
-snatch his hand from the limp grasp of the priest and go hurrying down
-the short cuts in pursuit. But his head seemed so full of a hundred
-roaring noises that he could not hear, and his heart beat so fast that
-he could not speak, and so up the hill he went at the priest’s side.
-
-Nor did he see the quiet smile upon Luigi’s shaven lips, as they passed
-the green gate of the garden where Betty stood peering through. She
-would not have spoken to the boy just then for all the world, and as
-for Madame Cioche, she could not have done so if she had wished. She
-gazed down from her latticed window, her bright eyes dimmed as they
-fell upon the little caged bird of the fields fluttering by.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-THE CAGED BIRD OF THE FIELDS
-
-
-THERE is a short, crooked street in Cutigliano, which leads back of the
-church and out upon the promenade of San Vito. This street is confined
-on either hand by stone houses and stone walls of gardens, and paved
-with large square stones. Here and there a gateway gives a peep at
-lapping hills across the river. The massive church tower rises directly
-from a narrow turn in this street, and when the bells ring down from
-the arches in the top of this tower, the stony street reverberates with
-a deafening clamor.
-
-By the time the priest and Natale reached the foot of the church tower,
-the boy was weeping bitterly but quietly. His one free arm hid as much
-of his face as possible, and his feet in the clumsy new shoes stumbled
-so helplessly that Luigi had some trouble in preventing his falling.
-
-As they had passed through the town, where everybody sat at their doors
-or lounged in the _piazza_, all had recognized the little acrobat, as
-Natale realized only too well. Many accosted him in wonder, and some
-would even have stopped him to inquire into his misfortune in being
-left behind by his family. But the young priest motioned such away
-with authority, silencing with a gesture of his long finger the too
-curious. Others had already learned how it had come about that Natale
-was to spend a year with Sora Grazia, and her son the priest, and these
-contented themselves with shrugs and smiles for the boy’s companion, as
-who should say: “We wish you well of your bargain, Signor priest.”
-
-The great hands of the church clock pointed to ten minutes of four,
-as the bell boomed the hour of six. No one, however, ever thought of
-consulting the huge figures painted on the stone face of the tower
-clock, for those long iron hands had not stirred for many a day.
-
-The deep sound of the bell struck so suddenly upon Natale’s ears that
-he started, and dropping his arm from before his eyes, gazed dully
-ahead. It was not often that he had strayed farther than this corner of
-the old church, and he had never followed the San Vito promenade to the
-end. Most of the town was left behind now; whither could this man be
-taking him?
-
-A row of houses with numbers in blue figures on one side of the lintels
-extended back of the church, but before none of these did Luigi pause.
-Next came a low, broken wall, and then a house, detached from its
-neighbors and with a long, sloping roof, covered with slabs of slate.
-This house had no door opening on the street, and in the blank front
-wall there was only a very small window at one corner close under the
-eaves. Over a door in the end of the house nearest the church there was
-a small crucifix in carved stone set into the wall, but this door was
-seemingly closed and unused.
-
-The priest led Natale a few steps farther, to the other end of the
-house, and then they left the street and entered a long balcony leading
-to a wide-open door.
-
-A middle-aged woman sat just inside this doorway at the foot of a
-flight of stairs leading up into the room under the roof. She wore
-a kerchief of red and black cotton over her head and tied in a knot
-under her chin, and her eyes were bent upon a coarse piece of mending
-occupying her work-worn hands.
-
-[Illustration: The priest led Natale to the other end of the house.
-
-_Page 94._]
-
-At Luigi’s heavy step on the stone flooring of the balcony, she
-lifted her face to his and something like a smile softened the
-expression of her stern features. Her black brows unbent and she made
-way for her son to enter by twisting her stool slightly and shifting
-her feet. Luigi passed by her and took up his stand in the gathering
-gloom of the little passage, his eyes fixed warily upon Natale. The
-little boy had released his hand from the priest’s outside the door,
-and now stood leaning against the railing of the balcony, staring
-frowningly at the woman.
-
-“You are content to have it over with, Gigi?” the mother asked,
-glancing from man to boy and back again.
-
-Luigi nodded his head.
-
-“Give him something to eat and put him to bed,” he counseled in a low
-tone, “and do not argue with him to-night. To-morrow the sun will shine
-and he will begin to forget.”
-
-Natale’s sharp ears caught every word, stolid as he looked. “Forget?”
-What did they think he would forget? Not Olga’s last words, certainly:
-“I would run after the wagon, if I were you.”
-
-But, _why was he not running now_? No door, as yet, kept him prisoner.
-There was the empty street. Below ran the long, long white road. The
-night was coming down, and he was not afraid of the dark. Once out
-of sight, around one of the loops of the road, it would take but a
-moment to slip off the heavy shoes with their soles half an inch thick,
-and then on and on in the cool darkness he might run on light bare
-feet--“after the wagon.”
-
-He thrilled with the thought as it flashed through his mind, but a
-flash of the same thought thrilled Sora Grazia at the same time, for
-just then she leaned forward and laying her hand on Natale’s arm, she
-drew him to her side.
-
-“Once I had a curly-haired little boy of my own,” she said with a
-serious smile, “but after a while, he grew to be a man, and now he has
-brought to me another little boy. Natalino, I hope you will be as good
-a boy as my Gigi ever was.”
-
-Natale gazed earnestly into the woman’s face.
-
-“I am not at all good, signora,” he said unsteadily, and he could not
-help the stirring of hope in his heart, with this confession, but Sora
-Grazia only smiled again and tapped his cheek, and said that perhaps
-the good Luigi would teach him to be good.
-
-And there was no more opportunity left Natale for running away, for he
-was presently led into the kitchen where he had to sit and watch Sora
-Grazia prepare the macaroni for supper. He was hungry enough to enjoy
-a plateful of this but the slip of boiled beef served him on a clean
-plate afterward could not be choked down. He had overheard some one in
-the tent--could it have been only that very day?--say that he was to
-have meat every day in his new home, and his sister, Arduina, had added
-that she wished _she_ were sure of getting a morsel three times a week.
-Had not a doctor in Sicily said that she must have all delicate and
-nourishing food? And what were dry bread and sour wine as substitutes?
-No, Natale could not eat the meat that night. Happily the plate of
-macaroni had been generous, and what in all the land of sunny Italy is
-so filling as a plate of macaroni?
-
-The valley looked dismally dark that night, as Natale crept from his
-little trestle bed and crouched on the brick floor at the window,
-after he was supposed to be asleep. He was to share the priest’s attic
-chamber, and a few moments before Sora Grazia had carried away the
-candle. He peered out between the flower pots on the window ledge
-and again wondered in his childish way why anybody in the big world
-outside should have troubled to make him miserable.
-
-He was very sure that he had done nothing to harm the foreign lady
-with the spectacles. Once he had laughed when she had sneezed many
-times very loudly, in crossing the field near him, but he was sure no
-one had heard him, for he was lying on the ground and had buried his
-face in the grass. The pretty signorina with her had laughed too, and
-said something in their strange language which the lady had answered
-by another loud sneeze. Besides this, there was absolutely nothing he
-could have done to provoke any of the people in the garden. Yet, here
-he was being punished!
-
-The thought of Sora Grazia oppressed him, her serious face and her
-high hopes of his goodness. The house, too, was quieter than any place
-he had ever known,--he who had been used to few roofs save those of
-the caravan and tent. There were no children about, and there was no
-sound inside of crying, or laughing, or singing, or whistling. It was
-almost as bad as having to live in a solemn church when the candles
-are all out and the crowds are gone, and one feels, in the dimness and
-silence, as if something were coming up stealthily behind one to scare
-one’s wits away. It is all very well to rest for a minute in a cool
-church, out of the glare of the sunlight, when one may run out again at
-will, free as a wild bird or butterfly. But to have to stay, night and
-day, for a whole year in such a place! Natale shuddered, for this was
-just the way in which the awful quiet of the little stone house of the
-priest affected him.
-
-When Luigi came up to bed, hours later, he lifted the sleeping boy from
-the bricks at the window and covered him up snugly in bed.
-
-“My mother thinks we can do it,” he muttered to himself, as he threw
-off his black gown. “I shall do my part, but I am not sure they have
-done a wise thing.” Then he sighed a little. Perhaps he was wishing
-that he could be a little boy again, with the wide, wide world before
-him, and no one to interfere with his choice of a career,--free to be
-acrobat or priest, but always to have his own choice.
-
-With the passing of the first night all idea of running away seemed
-to have left Natale’s mind, and Sora Grazia was at first delighted to
-find her charge as submissive as a lamb to all her arrangements. After
-the first day or two, however, it became not quite so comfortable to
-see the little boy sit immovable for hours at a time, on the floor of
-the balcony, gazing down into the valley where the river ran merrily
-over the rocks. She would even have preferred to rebuke the child
-for something a little more outrageous than his listless torpor. She
-herself had to eat the meat prepared for Natale, if she would not see
-it wasted, for Natale could not touch it, nor would Luigi, her usually
-tractable son.
-
-The young priest was no less puzzled over Natale’s conduct than his
-mother was. The schoolmaster reported to him that the boy held his
-little paper-covered spelling-book before his eyes with the utmost
-diligence, and really seemed to try to remember the letters as they
-were pointed out to him with patient repetition, but that he might as
-well have been gazing off into the valley instead, for all the good the
-pages did him, and Luigi believed it.
-
-The other boys tried to lure him into their games and to practice his
-funny _capitomboli_ but he would only sit quietly by, on the stone
-steps of the church, watching them till playtime was over, when he must
-sit up on the bench in the schoolroom again and hold his book before
-his eyes.
-
-“He cannot keep up his sulking forever,” Sora Grazia said on the
-sixth day of Natale’s stay with her. Luigi was standing near her in
-the balcony, brushing the dust from the skirts of his long gown, which
-he shook vigorously with his strong hands, as his mother continued, “I
-confess that I am surprised he has taken things so quietly.”
-
-“A little too quietly!” muttered Luigi into the folds of his gown.
-
-“But now, one would like to see him brighten up a little instead of
-glooming over his food and everything else,” Sora Grazia went on.
-“He is not the same child he was a week ago, making his ridiculous
-_capitomboli_ over the circus carpet. I wonder if he could turn a
-somersault now, Luigi.” The woman lifted her head from her work to look
-over at Natale, who sat on the low street wall with his feet dangling
-into the road.
-
-“I gave him leave to go and play with the boys down in the field, this
-afternoon,” said Luigi, shaking his gown almost viciously. “He said he
-did not wish to go where his tent had been, and that he never expected
-to turn a somersault again.”
-
-“Impertinent!” exclaimed Sora Grazia. “We’ll let him alone a while
-longer, and he’ll come all right. A child cannot sulk forever, as I
-said before.”
-
-“But one can die of starvation and homesickness, perhaps,” quoth Luigi,
-stepping past his mother and springing up the stairs, his gown upon his
-arm.
-
-Grazia’s retort was stayed upon her lips by what she now saw passing in
-the street.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-THE CAGE DOOR OPENED
-
-
-NATALE, too, was looking up, but only dully, as a party of ladies and
-gentlemen sauntered toward him laughing and talking gayly as they came.
-Many such groups had passed him already, taking afternoon strolls
-toward the beautiful promenade of San Vito leading around the mountain
-side. But this particular group paused, when a spectacled old lady
-did, and all gathered about Natale, except the white-haired gentleman
-standing a little aloof and tapping the paving stones with his stick.
-
-“Why haven’t you been to see us, Natale Marzuchetti?” Miss Lorini asked
-cheerfully in Italian. “Mrs. Bishop was sure you would come.”
-
-“He does not look like the same child!” whispered Betty to her aunt,
-who now pushed forward.
-
-“Ask him if he is a _smart_ boy in school, and if he is not _glad_ to
-be dressed so decently and to be learning something _useful_,” Mrs.
-Bishop said hurriedly to the Italian lady, all of which was repeated to
-Natale in his own language as was requested. But Natale only shook his
-head slowly and wistfully.
-
-“You used to talk fast enough!” Mrs. Bishop cried impatiently. “Look,”
-she went on, pointing to the next house, a little farther on, “don’t
-you see that white stone in the wall? The words on it tell about a man
-who was born there, two hundred and fifty years ago, who was so good
-and useful that the people here put his name up there that he might
-never be forgotten. What’s to hinder there being a stone put up on
-this house, to tell about little Natale who was only a poor circus boy,
-but who came to live here when he was eight years old and became a very
-useful and good man? Tell him, Miss Lorini, just what I say!” And Mrs.
-Bishop pointed from the memorial tablet in one house to the blank front
-wall of the other, while Luigi, peering out of his window between the
-flower pots, dodged behind a tall geranium, and hoped the sharp eyes of
-the old lady were not searching for him.
-
-Natale listened gravely to Miss Lorini’s communication, his eyes
-passing carelessly from the memorial tablet to the wall of an opposite
-house.
-
-There was a rude painting on this wall of a Madonna holding a baby
-in her arms, and it was protected from the weather by a shallow arch
-of masonry. As Natale looked at the picture, he was reminded in some
-mysterious way of Nonna, who was never without a child in her arms,
-unless she were bending over a fountain washing the children’s clothes.
-A new look sprang into his eyes.
-
-“Our Antonio had _his_ name printed in Egypt and in Turkey and in
-Greece!” he answered proudly, for the first time opening his lips. “I
-would rather be like that than have my name cut here on the priest’s
-house!”
-
-“Good for the little chap,” cried the gentleman softly. He had
-understood what the shrill little voice said.
-
-“Printed on what, child? What was ‘our Antonio’s’ name printed on, in
-all those places?” Miss Lorini asked.
-
-“On paper, of course,” answered the child simply. “And there were
-pictures of him too, all red and yellow and blue, performing on
-the bars. Everybody in the streets was looking at his name and the
-pictures.” The little fellow’s face was glowing as he spoke of his
-friend, and Miss Lorini had not the heart to translate his words to
-Mrs. Bishop, who could hardly have passed them by calmly.
-
-“But you are content here?” Betty managed to ask in intelligible
-Italian.
-
-The shadow fell again over Natale’s face, and his figure visibly
-drooped. He did not pretend to answer her question.
-
-“Oh, Aunty, let him go back to his people,” Betty pleaded, seeing the
-change. “Anybody can see that he is miserable. He is too little to be
-made to suffer.”
-
-“He is too little to suffer long,” Mrs. Bishop replied calmly, with but
-one thought in her mind, of course.
-
-“Poor little Egyptian!” sighed the gentleman. “He was born in Egypt,
-was he not, Miss Betty?”
-
-“At Port Said, yes, and Pietro in Tunis they say.”
-
-“Well, be a good boy, Natale,” said Mrs. Bishop, patting his head, in
-its new cap. “Then you will be happy. In a few days, I shall send for
-you to come to see me, and we will drink tea in the garden. Good-by!
-_Addio!_”
-
-Natale touched his hat, as he had long ago been taught to do, and the
-pedestrians moved away, all but the gentleman who had called him a
-“little Egyptian.”
-
-He stood for a moment at Natale’s side, with his back turned to the
-house and his departing friends, and in a trice a handful of copper
-coins was transferred from his pocket to Natale’s hands. Mr. Grantly
-had just had a paper note changed into small coins, at the fruit shop,
-and he was glad to relieve his pocket of some of its weight.
-
-“I hope his guardians will let him keep the money,” was his thought
-as he turned away from Natale’s brilliant smile of thanks. The boy’s
-training had made him none too proud to accept the money of a
-stranger, and he lost no time in stowing it away in his jacket pocket,
-while Mr. Grantly hurried after the echoing steps of his party.
-
-Luigi at the window above had seen the money given to Natale, but he
-asked no questions of the boy, who, after kicking his heels against the
-wall for some time longer, was presently called to his supper.
-
-There was a flush on Natale’s cheeks and a brightness in his eyes which
-even Sora Grazia noticed, and as the evening was cool, she thought it
-wise to forbid his sitting out on the balcony or the wall, as was his
-wont, until bedtime. He looked feverish, she said, and in her own mind
-she planned a cup of hot camomile tea as a remedy at bedtime. Natale’s
-disappointment at this command to keep indoors showed so plainly upon
-his childish features that Sora Grazia was provoked, and for the first
-time since the boy had been with her she used harsh tones.
-
-“There! you may as well go to bed at once!” she cried, as he was
-leaving the kitchen, without a word it is true, but with the light all
-gone from his face. “I can never please you, whatever I do, and you are
-here only to waste food and sulk. Go to bed, Natale!”
-
-Luigi had gone off directly after eating his supper, about some matter
-of business with one of his superiors at the church, so he was not
-there to take Natale’s part.
-
-It is hard enough to be sent to bed on an ordinary night and at one’s
-regular time, as any child will agree, but to be forbidden the early
-hours of a moonlit evening outdoors, especially when one’s little head
-is teeming with wild, delicious ideas of flight--away from daily baths,
-from the cramping walls of a house, and out into the freshness and
-freedom of the night, which has no terror for the dwellers in tents,
-was well-nigh unbearable.
-
-Ah! how little Sora Grazia knew of the anguish she was causing!
-
-But Natale obediently stumbled slowly upstairs in the dark to the
-bedroom, and when there, crouched in his usual place on the floor
-behind the flower pots without an audible murmur.
-
-The little acrobat had made no plans at all, but with the touch of the
-money given him by the kind old gentleman on San Vito, an impulse to
-seek his freedom had occurred to his mind, and in the half-hour while
-he continued on the wall, furtively handling the coins in his pocket,
-he had wished,--only wished, however,--that he might have the courage
-to steal out into the moonlight, after eating, while Sora Grazia should
-be about her dish-washing, and Luigi poring over one of his little
-black books, perhaps, by the light of the candle in the kitchen. He had
-often thought of Olga’s words, “I would run after the wagon, if I were
-you,” but he had been too closely watched during the first day or two
-to admit of his carrying out so bold a plan, and since then, for the
-rest of the long, dreary week since the caravan had gone, he had not
-had the spirit to undertake such a measure. The whole world seemed to
-intervene between himself and the beloved company who had gone, and he
-felt sure that he would be seen by some mistaken person and brought
-back, even before he could reach the river, if he should attempt to
-follow.
-
-Until to-night no thought of leaving under the protection of the
-friendly darkness had come to him, and he had only been able to see
-himself flying down the sunny road in full view of all the village, to
-be promptly turned back again by some carriage driver of the place, or
-some schoolboy bigger than himself and therefore stronger. Besides, he
-had had no money, and Natale had traveled enough to know that a few
-cents in one’s pocket make one’s road easier and less long. So the
-days had passed, and Natale was fast drifting into a state of listless
-torpor which must have ended in illness, had not Mr. Grantly changed
-a five-franc note at the fruit shop that sunny afternoon and taken a
-stroll along San Vito where Natale sat “sulking” on the wall!
-
-Presently, as the little child continued to gaze longingly out into the
-moonlight, a ray of further hope illumined his mind. As Luigi had gone
-to the church now, it would be late before he would return. Sora Grazia
-always sat dozing on her stool in the doorway until time for barring
-the door and going to bed. Why should he not slip past her and away
-into the shadows of the street, before Luigi should return? His heart
-leaped at the thought, and he rose noiselessly to his feet and glanced
-around the darkening room. His small cot stood smooth and white against
-the wall. Another thought struck him, and he quailed with a sense of
-utter discouragement. When Luigi should come in,--and he might be very
-early, one never knew,--the runaway would be missed straightway from
-the empty little bed, and easily overtaken if he should have taken the
-regular road down the hill.
-
-It is true there were paths innumerable down the terraces from the
-back of almost any house in the street, most of them probably leading
-down to the river far below, but Natale had been no explorer of the
-neighborhood during his week of captivity, and was ignorant of the
-precipitate windings and the final ending of even the most practicable
-of these. No, he must go by the road, and he must wait until Luigi
-should return, and get to bed and to sleep.
-
-Natale knew that the priest slept soundly, for, one night he had
-had the misfortune to knock over upon the floor a pot containing a
-carnation plant, and the crash had not awakened Luigi. The boy had
-waked and had gone to the window to peer out into the night, fancying
-that he heard the hoarse creaking of the caravan brake as the clumsy
-vehicle crawled down the hill, and in craning his head between the
-pots, his elbow had pushed over one of them. Fortunately, neither pot
-nor plant had broken, and he had spent a good deal of time in packing
-the loosened earth about the carnation’s roots and replacing the pot
-among its fellows. The next morning, Sora Grazia had bidden him be more
-careful about carrying mud upstairs on his shoes, only to be cleaned up
-by her afterward, and he supposed he must have left some of the earth
-upon the floor, in the dim light.
-
-At any rate, Luigi slept soundly, and if he, himself, could only
-manage to keep awake until all was safe, he knew that he would have
-no difficulty in unbarring the door. He had accomplished it unaided
-only that morning, with Sora Grazia standing by and saying that it was
-the first thing of use he had set his hands to do since coming there
-to live. She had spoken good-naturedly though, and Natale had nothing
-against her. No, not even now did he remember her late harsh words, for
-he was too sweet-natured to harbor malice. He had only suffered, and
-now there was a prospect of escaping more suffering of the same kind.
-
-So after sitting on his bed with a wild turmoil of thoughts engaging
-his busy little brain, he began rapidly to undress. Luigi must not find
-him up! But, after taking off the strong new suit of clothes which Mrs.
-Bishop had had made for him, he rummaged under his mattress where his
-old things had been stored by Sora Grazia and quickly got into the worn
-trousers, the faded blouse and leggings, tucking the old shoes under
-his pillow. He had set the new shoes and stockings in orderly fashion
-on the floor and folded up the new clothes and laid them at the foot of
-the little cot. How fortunate that his old shoes had not been thrown
-away, for he could hardly have traveled barefoot over the flinty stones
-of the road and the river. Natale chose to wear the old easy shoes,
-for the new ones had always hurt him, and he would not have been able
-to steal unheard out of the house with those heavy, creaking soles
-tramping over the bricks. If he had known of the long way ahead of the
-old worn shoes, perhaps he would have planned to carry the despised
-footgear in his hands. But forethought had little place in the mind of
-so young a runaway, and he was guided in his change of clothes only by
-his own desires for comfort. The old clothes were as familiar as old
-friends, and therefore he preferred them.
-
-Then, after making his preparations, not forgetting to change the money
-from the pocket of the new jacket to that of his old trousers, he laid
-himself down on the cot, and drew up the light covering snugly about
-his shoulders, devoutly hoping that he would not fall soundly asleep.
-
-If Natale had only known it, Sora Grazia, believing Natale safe for the
-night, had slipped off for a gossip with a friend living just back of
-the church, simply drawing the door to behind her and leaving the coast
-clear for flight. And it would not have been difficult for the boy to
-leave a semblance of himself tucked under the bed covering, in the
-shape of the roll of discarded clothes and shoes! But little Natale was
-not possessed of a very designing brain, and after all, Luigi _might_
-have come in untimely, and spoiled it all!
-
-In a few moments, the would-be runaway was fast asleep, while the moon
-sailed across the valley from the eastern toward the western sky.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-THE FLIGHT OF THE BIRD
-
-
-WHEN Natale next opened his eyes he became very wide awake indeed, in
-an instant. In fact, he did not know that he had been asleep at all,
-until the moonlight, slanting in, showed Luigi’s long body stretched
-upon the iron bed close by.
-
-What could have waked Natale? For a moment he lay still without
-recollection of the momentous plans made at his early bedtime. Then
-he recalled a sensation of icy cold water about his feet, and he
-remembered that he had dreamed of a sudden plunge into the river while
-trying to find the stepping-stones. It must have been the chill of the
-dream-water that had awakened him! He sat up and found that he was
-still dressed and in his old clothes.
-
-Ah! it was easy to remember all now, and after a breathless glance over
-his shoulder at Luigi, who was comfortably snoring, Natale slipped out
-of bed. Catching up his old hat and his shoes he stole softly over the
-brick floor and down the stone stairs as quietly as any mouse would
-have done.
-
-Sora Grazia slept downstairs, but the door of her room was mercifully
-closed, and Natale knew that she often locked it at night. He turned
-his back upon it, therefore, with confidence, as he felt in the
-darkness for the balcony door. He exerted all his strength to raise the
-heavy bar of iron which guarded the door. Then he was very careful to
-keep his hold on the bar, as it swung downward, lest it should rouse
-the house with its usual clanging fall. The huge key was in the lock,
-and Natale succeeded in turning it with both hands, although this was
-much more difficult than raising the bar above the lock. It creaked
-dully as it turned, and Natale’s heart leaped into his throat, and a
-dozen noises buzzed in his ears.
-
-Breathless, he stood with his hand on the latch, afraid to move lest
-the door behind him should open, and everything come to an end. But
-nothing happened, so he swung open the door, and without stopping to
-close it behind him, he again caught up his shoes, which he had had to
-set down, and ran along the balcony and out into the street, his feet
-pattering softly on the stones.
-
-In his haste he did not stop to think of the direction he should take.
-His only impulse was to get out into the night somewhere, away from the
-houses and street. So he ran swiftly along in the shadow cast by wall
-and house, in just the opposite direction from that which would have
-led him past the church tower and through the village, out upon the
-downward road. Presently he crouched in a shadow to draw on his shoes,
-then fled onward again.
-
-Once away, he lost his bearings utterly and hurried on without turning,
-past the small house with the Madonna painted on the wall, past the
-large house where the white tablet to “Pietro Pacioni” gleamed in
-the moonlight, and then downward, by a roughly paved path leading
-to the Campo Santo. Perhaps he would have kept on aimlessly along
-San Vito,--the fashionable promenade leading always higher along the
-mountain side till it ended in an open plateau high up above the
-valley,--if he had not heard steps approaching. Whether these steps
-came from behind or from ahead he did not stop to discover. The
-downward path offered safety, and a small pink villa threw a dark
-shadow across its entrance, so Natale lost not an instant in scudding
-down the friendly by-way.
-
-On he trotted, past the shrine where the tiny Della Robbia Madonna sits
-under her arch, the moonlight touching the shining blue of her hood,
-the yellow of her robe and the pink of the baby on her knees with a
-radiance that was almost startling on the edge of the shadow. Now the
-path grew level, and the stones were left behind, and no more noise of
-footsteps disturbed the quiet.
-
-A few rods more, and Natale stood in front of the small mortuary chapel
-outside the cemetery. The iron gates set in the wall of the cemetery
-were locked, as Natale found on gently shaking them. He had paused to
-peep through the slender grating into the inclosure where the moonlight
-touched the white tomb of the foreign gentleman buried close under the
-wall, and showed so plainly the numbers on the low stakes marking the
-graves of the nameless poor. The shadows of the cypress trees lay like
-long black fingers outstretched upon the wilds of weedy undergrowth,
-and the wind stirred dismally on the exposed hillside.
-
-One day, Natale and Olga had wandered together as far as these iron
-gates. He remembered it now, and with the recollection he sprang away,
-eager to continue his journey,--then stood still, uncertain as to his
-path.
-
-The way which had brought him downward came to an abrupt end with the
-little chapel, outside the gates. It would not do to lose himself among
-the chestnut woods in search of a path! Yet, how could he plunge down
-the pathless slopes among the great trees, with nothing to guide him
-but the murmur of the river far below? Still less was he willing to
-return to the road above and turn about to take his way through the
-village and so on out upon the road. He was almost sure that if he
-could only see to find his way, some downward path from where he stood
-would bring him to a river crossing, perhaps a long, long way below the
-arched bridge, and therefore much farther on his journey.
-
-Bewildered and tired, he was almost ready to give up his flight, and
-to creep into the dark portico of the little chapel, and back into the
-shade beneath the picture of the Saint with the skull in his hand, and
-there end this strange night, which already seemed to him longer than
-any night he had ever known. But he roused himself to one more effort,
-and crept around to the back wall of the chapel. There, to his joyful
-surprise, he came upon a semblance of a path!
-
-All indecision was gone now, and he fairly slid down the rocky and
-precipitous way, which was more gully than footway, being in fact a
-watercourse for the torrents leaping down the mountain side, after
-some storm of rain, as well as a short cut to the river for roughly
-shod peasant feet.
-
-More than once Natale stumbled, and once he fell headlong, bruising his
-hands and knees, but he did not mind, for the rushing of the little
-river down among the rocks was becoming very loud in his ears.
-
-When at last he came out of the woods, and stood on the edge of the
-waste of rounded stones loosely paving the river bed, he looked back
-a moment to where the village must be, high above, a huddle of gray
-wall and roof, with the square church tower in its midst. All seemed as
-silent in the sleeping town as in the home of the sleeping dead on its
-outskirts. Then, just as Natale again turned his back upon the mountain
-side, where perched Cutigliano like a bit of gray lichen growing on
-some mossy bowlder, the beautiful, bright, friendly moon slipped quite
-over the mountain in the west, and darkness fell upon the valley,
-where deep down in its darkest shadow Natale was ready to cross the
-river. The light of the moon still touched the chestnut woods higher
-up the slopes, but every moment the shadow would be creeping higher
-and higher, until there would be no more moonlight on this side the
-mountain, and only the stars would come peeping out at Natale.
-
-After slipping off his shoes and leggings, the boy began picking his
-way carefully over the large dry stones which were worn smooth and
-round by slow wasting in the wet seasons, when the river flooded its
-narrow course and spread to the grassy banks. The stones rolled under
-even his light footsteps, but Natale kept his balance in crossing the
-smaller stones, and clambered patiently over or around the largest
-ones, and presently arrived at the edge of the black, rushing water.
-The brawling Lima makes a great ado hereabouts, as it tumbles over the
-rocks, for its bed slopes decidedly all the way to Lucca and beyond,
-and there is no opportunity for it to moderate its pace, or calm its
-chafings against the rocks.
-
-With the first touch of the icy water upon his bared feet, Natale
-recalled his dream. How long ago it had been since he had lain safely
-in his bed under the slanting roof of Luigi’s house! Again and again
-he tried to plant his foot firmly in the midst of the swirling water,
-which was perhaps as much as twenty feet wide at that point, but
-always it was deeper and colder than he had expected, and the stones
-more slippery and unsteady. Then he began wandering up and down the
-bank, in quest of the stepping-stones, which here and there certainly
-crossed the river both above and below the arched bridge. Unsuccessful
-in this, Natale finally exerted himself to make a reckless dash into
-the current, where he found himself the next instant up to his waist
-in the black water and clinging desperately by one free hand to a wet
-rock, with the instinct of preserving himself from being carried off
-his feet. Then miserably he felt his way back to the dry rocks on the
-edge of the stream, and dropping down upon their harsh bosom, he began
-to cry bitterly.
-
-He had so hoped there would be a crossing place! If he could only find
-it! His feet were sore with bruises now, and he felt as if he could
-not walk another step. He grew cold as he crouched there, sobbing with
-disappointment, for though the sun shines hot during the daytime on
-the chestnut trees and the vines of the Apennines, the nights, even of
-summer, are cool, and now a chill wind came sweeping down the valley
-from the fir-crowned summits of Abetone.
-
-Presently the little wanderer roused himself and stood on his feet.
-Nothing could tempt him to try to find his way back to the house of
-the priest, not even aching feet or shivering limbs, but he began to
-think there might be a more sheltered place near by--this little boy of
-the road, who had taken many a noontide nap curled up at the foot of
-some wayside tree. Perhaps the earliest light of dawn would show him
-the stepping-stones and the road, of which there was no hint now in the
-blackness of darkness across the river. Painfully he crept back toward
-the bank, where presently he curled himself into a knot at the foot of
-a huge, distorted old chestnut tree, a short distance up the slope.
-The grass was soft and springy about the roots of the old tree, and a
-huge boulder near by shut off the wind from Natale’s shivering legs.
-So, with a sigh of content, and for the first time tasting the sweets
-of his new freedom, the little acrobat closed his eyes upon the stars
-winking down at him from above the stirring leaves, and fell asleep for
-the second time that night.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-ON THE WING
-
-
-LONG before Natale waked, the day had dawned, but the sun had not long
-looked down into the valley before he turned stiffly on his grassy
-couch and rubbed his eyes. Then, however, he lost not an instant in
-taking up his journey where it had left off the night before.
-
-How easy it was in the light of the sunbeams of the early morning to
-spring over the dry stones of the bank, and with a swift glance up
-and down select a safe place to cross the water which had seemed so
-dangerous and cruel in the dark.
-
-The daylight changed everything, of course, and it was but a few
-moments after waking before he was across the stream and scrambling
-up to the low wall bounding the road on the river side. From the inner
-edge of the road the mountains rose precipitately.
-
-As Natale clambered over the wall the church bells of Cutigliano
-burst into a wrangle of sound, which must have echoed from one end of
-the village to the other. Though the distance softened the metallic
-tones, the little boy was startled by them into a scamper away down
-the sunlit road as if the mischievous village boys whose office it was
-to ring the bells were in headlong chase after him. The day must have
-been the _festa_ of some saint, and for a long time Natale heard the
-bells’ voices, sweetened more and more as his bare feet trudged onward
-and the distance fell between him and them. But he soon gave up his
-running because his legs were stiff and his feet sore, and as yet no
-one appeared coming along the road behind him, in pursuit.
-
-There had been no doubt in his own mind of the direction he should take
-after once gaining the road. He knew that Giovanni and Antonio with the
-house-wagon had been bound for the Bagni di Lucca, and also he knew
-that the road to the Bagni led downward with the stream, and not up
-toward the cold region of Abetone, the “Great Fir Tree.”
-
-So all he had to do was to follow the road, broad and white, by the way
-they had come three weeks before, without need, even, of asking his way
-of the peasants he should meet. He had turned the shoulder of a great
-green mountain-spur which entirely shut off the view of Cutigliano
-before he would stop for an instant in his lame tramping. Once assured
-that the town was out of sight behind him, he sat down breathlessly on
-one of the heaps of loose stones such as flank every mountain road in
-Italy. Then he deliberately took each foot in turn in his small hands
-and gravely and pitifully examined its bruises. There was nothing to be
-done, then, but plant them in the road again and continue his way.
-
-For an hour or more he trudged painfully on, but the stiffness in his
-legs left him after a while, and he began to be only hungry. He wished
-he had thought of hiding in his pocket, the night before, a crust of
-the dark, coarse bread he loved, and which had always been plentiful at
-Sora Grazia’s. But the coppers jingled comfortably there instead, and
-Natale contented himself to wait for breakfast till he should pass some
-bread shop along the road.
-
-The morning air was sweet with the freshness of early day, and the
-delicious odor of the wild thyme’s tiny blossoms. Tall harebells nodded
-to him from the thyme and heather bank shoulder-high above the road,
-and sparkled with the sunshine and dew upon their purple flowerets. The
-river, which in the darkness had seemed to mock him with its roaring,
-now only murmured softly as it slipped over the stones in the sunlight.
-
-By and by, Natale began to meet people in the road, men with donkeys
-bearing huge basketfuls of wet grass and wild flowers shorn from the
-steep terraces above for the cow or donkey at home, and women tramping
-in their thick-soled shoes to Cutigliano with baskets of fresh fruit
-or eggs or cheeses for the summer hotels balanced on their heads. From
-all of these Natale kept his face steadily averted, lest they should
-bear back to the town tidings of his going. Usually, after passing a
-group of these wayfarers, the boy broke into a quick run in order to
-lengthen the distance between them and himself, but these spurts of
-speed availed him little, for he had always to stop and rest afterward,
-and so lost many more minutes than he had gained of the golden day.
-
-The road had already become a curving white glare before Natale came
-in sight of a long stone house having many windows and doors, and
-standing on the inner edge of the road. He came upon it suddenly, on
-turning a sharp curve, and then he saw that another house faced it on
-the opposite side of the road, and that an inviting shade lay between.
-The back of one of the houses looked directly upon the steep slope of
-the mountain behind, while the rear wall of its opposite neighbor had
-its foundation in the rocky banks of the tumbling river. In the shade
-between, barefoot peasant children played noisily. Near by, a stream
-of spring water, clear and cold, trickled from a wooden trough into a
-rough stone basin.
-
-And here at last were rest and food and drink for the runaway,--only no
-one must learn that he was a runaway!
-
-A fat and black-eyed housewife with arms akimbo stood in one of the
-doors, and as Natale came up to her on limping feet, she eyed him with
-interest from the stone of the doorstep.
-
-“Will you give me a little piece of bread, signora? See, I have money,”
-said Natale, showing her a handful of Mr. Grantly’s copper coins in his
-open palm.
-
-“A bit of bread you shall have, to be sure, and your _soldi_ you shall
-keep, little one,” the good-natured creature promptly answered, and
-while the children left their play and gathered about Natale, with
-friendly eyes, their mother disappeared into the very small and dusky
-shop behind.
-
-“There, sit down and eat,” she said, returning with a hunk of bread and
-a generous lump of cheese on a coarse plate in her hand.
-
-As Natale received the plate and moved rather lamely toward the
-dripping fountain in the shade, the children ran ahead, and one filled
-a rusty tin cup with the cold water and had it ready for Natale by the
-time he reached the mossy brink of the fountain.
-
-These little ones of the road, wild and rude enough in their play, were
-well used to offering the “cup of cold water” to the passing wayfarer,
-and Natale’s thirsty throat gulped the draught gratefully.
-
-There was something about the child which arrested the attention of the
-woman more than the ordinary passer-by often did, and she also stood
-watching Natale breakfast hungrily.
-
-He was shy and downcast, fearing difficult questions, and as soon as
-the last crumb of bread and cheese had disappeared he got to his feet,
-setting the empty plate on the margin of the fountain.
-
-“Thank you, signora, and good-by,” he said, and was off.
-
-“No, but wait!” she cried, laying her hand on his shrinking shoulder.
-“You have eaten my bread; now answer my questions. What is your name,
-_picino_,[7] and where are you going?”
-
-[Footnote 7: Little boy.]
-
-“Down the road,” was the shyly spoken answer to the last question, with
-a quiet waiving of the first. “Please let me go, signora. It is already
-late, and I must hasten.”
-
-“Well, go!” she exclaimed then, “and a good journey to you!” But she
-stood watching him trudge briskly away from her until another curve in
-the zigzag road hid him from her sight.
-
-“Some stranger’s child!” she muttered to herself, going back to the
-doorstep. “I have never seen him pass here before, and few there be
-who pass by without the knowledge of Chiara. Well, I am glad he has
-his _soldi_ safe in his pocket. May the saints protect and feed my own
-children when they go a-wandering! You, Beppo! keep your head out of
-the dust of the road!”
-
-“Mamá, mamá, Beppino is making _capitomboli_, such as the boy who was
-here just now made in the circus at Cutigliano, on the day we went with
-our father to the big tent! Do you not remember?” cried an admiring
-small sister of Beppo. “See, our Beppo does them even better than the
-other boy, mamá!”
-
-The woman gave a little start of recollection, and then dismissed the
-idea which had occurred to her, as impossible--fortunately, perhaps,
-for Natale.
-
-“Silly girl! The circus people went down the road a week ago to the
-Bagni, do _you_ not remember? How should the boy be seven days behind?
-No more _capitomboli_, I say, Beppo _mio_, in all this dust!”
-
-[Illustration: “Capitomboli, such as the boy who was here just now made
-in the circus at Cutigliano.” _Page 142._]
-
-In a carriage, with two good horses and a fine cracking whip behind
-them, one may drive from Cutigliano down to the Baths of Lucca in the
-first half of a summer’s day. On two tired slim little legs, one
-would need much more time to accomplish the journey. Also when one has
-been for six days imprisoned within stone walls, one does not hurry--if
-fairly out of danger--along beauteous and fresh-smelling paths of
-freedom.
-
-Every hour or so after leaving the woman and children at the fountain,
-Natale stopped for a rest along the way. Sometimes he sat down
-on a heap of mending stones by the wayside, in company with some
-stone-breaker hammering away in the shade of his sun screen, a rude
-lattice of chestnut boughs propped behind the heap of stones.
-
-The monotonous clink of the hammer breaking the sharp-edged stones was
-usually stayed as the lonely worker turned to chat with the large-eyed
-child hovering near. Only once or twice was Natale’s cheerful “_Buon’
-giorno!_”[8] returned by an unwelcoming growl or by sour silence.
-In such cases, the dawdling feet made all haste to pass and seek a
-resting-place in the shade of some breeze-rustled chestnut tree quite
-out of sight of the cross stone-breaker.
-
-[Footnote 8: Good morning.]
-
-The second night was passed as the first had been, out of doors,
-after a supper of hot rice paid for at an _osteria_,[9] a short way
-back along the road. Natale might have slept, as well, at the little
-inn, but he was too unused to roofs to dream of proposing it, and the
-absent-minded old landlord had not seemed to be thinking of anything
-but puffing away at his pipe, as Natale slipped past him and out of the
-dingy passage-way, after paying for his food.
-
-[Footnote 9: Inn.]
-
-A long-bodied two-wheeled cart stood outside the inn door, its shafts’
-ends resting on the ground, its rear high in air, and Natale, with an
-instinct for sleeping above wheels, had decided to return to the cart
-for a night’s lodging place when the world should be dark again. But
-sleep overtook him as he lay waiting at the foot of a tree to which
-he had scrambled from the road below, and when he roused, dawn was
-staining the pale sky with rose color.
-
-The next day promised to pass as the first had done,--with slipping
-shyly past occasional houses of entertainment along the way, with
-lingerings to stare into the mysterious depths of some noisy mill in
-league with the tumbling river, and with long, monotonous trampings,
-between times, along the smooth road, bordered always by the mountains
-and the river. As the road neared the valley, it crossed dashing
-streams hurrying to join their waters to the broader water of the
-river, and so solid was the stone masonry of the arches that one would
-never have known that he was crossing a bridge but for the sparkle and
-the laughter of the foaming water as it dashed under the road and out
-again.
-
-Many times Natale, himself a small dark speck on the endless white
-road, looked up the long mountain slopes, green in the sunlight, purple
-in the shadow, and glimpsed high above him on the giddy heights the
-climbing roofs of some hoary old mountain town, away out of hearing of
-the busy river, out of reach of traveling circus wagons, and which,
-
- “Like an eagle’s nest hangs on the crest
- Of purple Apennine.”
-
-It was past noon of the second day when Natale entered a village
-on a level with the highway. Here the road suddenly changed into a
-stone-paved street, running between high houses and echoing with the
-tramp of wooden-soled shoes and the patter of donkeys’ hoofs.
-
-He stopped at the door of a sour-smelling wine shop where sat a man on
-a stool outside the door. To him the little boy put his question as
-to whether this town might perhaps be very near to the Bagni di Lucca.
-This man wore a red fez on his bushy, black head, and down his long,
-black beard trickled drops from the wine cup at his lips. The fellow
-did not stop his drinking long enough to reply in so many words to the
-question, but a decided shaking of his head and the pointing of a long,
-dirty finger onward sufficiently enlightened Natale, and he kept slowly
-on his way.
-
-In passing a small baker’s shop, he stopped and bought a great ring of
-sweetish bread, and then slipping his arm through this, he went more
-cheerily onward. There were still many _soldi_ left in his pocket, and
-surely this beautiful ring of bread would last until the Bagni di Lucca
-should come in sight, with, of course, the dear yellow tent set in its
-midst!
-
-One of the last houses he passed as he left the town was entered
-through a garden by a huge wooden door opening upon the cobblestones
-of the street. This door stood ajar, and Natale stayed his steps for a
-moment to gaze through the aperture down a charming vista of trellised
-vines supported on crumbling white columns of masonry. Green and
-gold lights played over the rough paving-stones of the cloister-like
-colonnade through the latticework above. Halfway down this corridor,
-two or three girls romped and sang together, their scarlet kerchiefs
-and the rich blues of their skirts making dashes of vivid color in the
-shade where they lounged. Pale jewels of grapes, already growing pink
-and amethystine, crowded the vines with promise of luscious sweetness
-when their full time should come.
-
-The girls peered back at the travel-worn lad peering in at them, but
-when the largest of them called mockingly to him, “Enter, signore!”
-Natale ran away down the street and again out upon the road. The girls
-had made him think of Arduina and Olga and little Maria, and away down
-at the end of the corridor he had caught a glimpse of a gray-haired
-woman sitting on a flight of broken stone steps, with an infant on her
-lap. His heart swelled with homesickness. If only he might see Nonna
-once again! How long was the monotonous road to Bagni di Lucca!
-
-The day, however, was not to close without an exciting and important
-event.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-FLUTTERING A LITTLE FARTHER
-
-
-NATALE sat down in his leisurely fashion on the low wall bounding the
-road just beyond the town and began daintily nibbling around the crisp,
-sugared edges of his bread ring. It was mid-afternoon, and while his
-jaws worked steadily, his wide bright eyes watched with interest two
-bicyclists toiling up the hill and trundling their wheels alongside. As
-they passed him by without a glance, their faces red and perspiring,
-and their shoes whitened with the light dust, the boy’s eyes still
-followed them and lighted upon a queer figure coming from the town he
-had just quitted. It was the red-capped, swarthy-faced man of the
-wine-shop door, and now his shoulders were bent under a pack slung on
-his back, and his legs were bowed as he limped along, and he wore an
-old overcoat much too long, which had seen better days upon another’s
-shoulders.
-
-The wheelmen paid no attention to this fellow, as he stopped on meeting
-them and perhaps offered them a sight of his wares hidden in the pack,
-so the peddler presently came up with Natale, grumbling sourly.
-
-“These foreigners without manners!” he growled, planting himself in
-front of the little boy’s swinging legs. “Ah! you are the boy who goes
-to the Bagni. Come, I also go thither. We shall be companions merry
-enough!”
-
-Natale had no fancy for joining company with this man who frowned with
-his black brows and grinned, in turn, with big white teeth gleaming in
-his hairy face, but neither had he the courage to demur. Therefore,
-he slipped down unwillingly from his perch and trotted along at the
-peddler’s side.
-
-Fortunately, the man asked no questions and spoke little, and before
-evening, his steady tramp had led Natale over more miles than the whole
-previous day had carried him. Little cared this strange, silent fellow
-for leaning over walls to gaze at the foaming water singing over the
-rocks, or for idly resting on a bridge to watch the white cloud-ships
-crossing the azure sea overhead, as the white sails of the orange boats
-ply the blue waves between Sicily and the Italian coast, and to dream
-of future glory as an acrobat of renown!
-
-The sun had again sunk behind the rounded summits in the west, when the
-peddler at last stood still and grinned down upon the panting child.
-
-“One easily sees that you are no traveler,” he said in his hoarse,
-unpleasant voice. “Now we will sit down here by the roadside and make
-our beds for the night. Did you mention supper? The bracelet you wear
-on your arm will suffice for us both, if we divide it according to the
-size of our stomachs. _Ecco!_” And Natale’s precious ring of sweetened
-bread was rudely snatched from his arm.
-
-Naturally, Natale was most indignant at being treated in this manner by
-so perfect a stranger, and he did not hesitate to remonstrate.
-
-“But the bread is mine, signore! I bought it with my own _soldi_ in
-the town,” he cried, clutching at the beautiful ring of bread, already
-being broken in two by the peddler’s dirty fingers.
-
-“_Soldi!_” echoed the man; “and where are your precious _soldi_?”
-
-“At the shop where I bought the bread, of course,” was the shrewd
-reply, and not a coin remaining in Natale’s pocket jostled against its
-neighbor now. They kept as quiet as if they knew that long, eager
-fingers were ready to pounce upon them.
-
-Then a change came over the peddler’s manner, and he showed his
-unpleasant-looking teeth in a broad smile. Perhaps he was planning a
-look into those little pockets by and by, who knows?
-
-“What a clever boy you are!” he cried. “Well, as you are also such a
-hungry little beast, take back your bread, and for a relish I shall
-give you a smell of my own supper. See!”
-
-So speaking, he drew a roll of sausage from a pocket of his long coat.
-The sausage was wrapped in a soiled handkerchief, and there was a
-hunk of black bread with it. A knife with a curious curved handle and
-long, shining blade was next produced, and the peddler went to work,
-alternately whacking off bits of the highly seasoned meat and the hard
-bread, and devouring them with crunching teeth and smacking lips.
-
-Natale gnawed industriously at his own bread without even thinking of
-offering to barter a portion of it for a taste of the savory sausage.
-There was a kind of fascination in watching the ugly fellow eat, and
-the wondering brown eyes were fixed upon the peddler’s surly face.
-
-It was now the close of a warm afternoon. A light haze wrapped the
-more distant mountains in misty blue, a chirring of insects stirred
-the silence about the travelers, and now and then a carriage or cart
-whisked downward, or toiled upward, along the road, accompanied by the
-jingle of harness bells and the whooping cries of the drivers. A fog of
-white dust rose behind every passing vehicle, and the chestnut leaves
-overhead, long unwashed by rain, hung grimy and listless in the heavy
-air.
-
-As the peddler supped, large drops of sweat gathered on his long, red
-nose and dripped down his black beard, while his face grew flushed
-and more scowling than ever. Presently, with an angry movement which
-startled Natale half out of his wits, he dropped the sausage and knife
-to the ground and tore off his coat.
-
-“Poor men have no choice!” he muttered. “Bare shoulders in winter, the
-cast-off winter coat of an Englishman in summer!”
-
-The soiled and tattered old coat was tossed aside, falling
-uncomfortably close to Natale’s feet, but he did not dare to push it
-away with disdainful touch. The peddler’s meal now came to an end, the
-remains of the sausage were gathered up with the cruel-looking knife
-and laid aside with the handkerchief, after which the peddler, with
-a satisfied grunt, sprawled himself on his side--to sleep, as Natale
-devoutly hoped.
-
-But not quite yet was the man ready for sleep. Reaching for his pack,
-with a lazy movement from where he lay, he unstrapped it and drew from
-among the coarse laces and horn buttons inside a flat bottle, which
-he uncorked and turned up to his lips. As the liquor gurgled down his
-throat and its strong odor tainted the air, Natale let his eyes fall to
-the uncomely garment lying within touch of his fingers.
-
-Then the boy’s heart leaped into his throat, and it seemed as if he
-would suffocate where he sat. He dared not move, and bravely he looked
-away from the thing which lay within such easy reach of his longing
-hands, half-in, half-out of the fellow’s old coat pocket.
-
-If only the peddling thief would go off into a drunken sleep!
-
-For there, close by, lay Giovanni’s old pocketbook of stamped Spanish
-leather, stained and battered, as Natale had always known it!
-
-Who could tell whether any money still remained in it? There was
-nothing to do but wait till the man should go to sleep, and then,
-stealthily drawing the pocketbook away from the overcoat, speed down
-the road to a safe distance and find out all about it.
-
-He had not long to wait before the peddler returned the bottle to
-the pack, and then, disposing himself on the ground, sank into an
-open-mouthed slumber.
-
-Only when quite sure that the sleep was real did Natale steal away on
-noiseless feet, prize in hand, across the shallow ditch bordering the
-road, and onward to the shelter of a ruined shed quite out of sight of
-their resting-place. Putting the shed between him and the road, Natale
-unstrapped the pocketbook with trembling eagerness.
-
-There lay the notes into which Giovanni had from time to time changed
-the cumbersome copper soldi of their earnings! There were the dingy
-blue five-franc notes, with many one and two-franc notes of a most
-uncompromising dirt color!
-
-The boy dared not take time to count them all. The fierce ogre asleep
-under the tree might rouse at any moment and find the pocketbook gone.
-Away, away, he must fly, on and on toward the Bagni di Lucca, even
-though evening was at hand, and a gray blanket of cloud threatened
-to hide the coming stars. So the little feet twinkled away through
-the dust, Natale’s heart now heavy with the dread of what was behind,
-now light with the joy of what might be ahead. As the warm dusk fell,
-it seemed safe to walk again, although every sound from behind made
-Natale’s heart seem to leap into his throat. Indeed, it seemed pretty
-much to stay in his throat, until, by and by, he came upon some one who
-was to give him most welcome news.
-
-He had traveled half a mile farther, and still it was not yet dark when
-he sighted a cluster of houses ahead and heard cheerful human voices.
-Coming up to the first house, he found a pretty, plump young mother on
-her doorstep, cuddling a nursling on her breast. From across the road
-and about the house came busy sounds of sheep and cows being housed for
-the night in their thatched pens, and nobody seemed at leisure except
-the laughing woman with the crowing baby in her arms.
-
-On plying the woman with his usual question, Natale learned that
-the end of his pilgrimage was indeed “just down the road a little
-distance”, although, on such short legs as his, the woman added
-thoughtfully, it might take two hours more of brisk walking to reach
-even the big circus tent, standing on the outskirts of the Bagni all
-the past week.
-
-Ah! and was the circus still there?
-
-Of that the woman could not speak certainly, as some passer-by had
-mentioned only the day before that but one or two more performances
-were to be given before the _circo_ moved on to Lucca. She herself had
-wished to go to see the wonderful Antonio Bisbini, also the little Olga
-who had no more fear of a great horse’s hoofs than she herself of her
-baby’s brown toes. But how was a woman to leave her house and the tired
-men folks, to tramp down the hill and up again at night, with a heavy
-baby in her arms? Was the little boy hoping to reach the tent in time
-for the night’s exhibition?
-
-Natale’s heart had thrilled at the mention of Antonio’s magic name,
-and his spine straightened and his head was lifted with the pride of
-conscious relationship with the hero of the circus. He gave but a
-thought now to Olga’s usurpation of his place in the ring. For was
-he not returning to his own again, with the stolen pocketbook in the
-breast of his blouse? What a welcome there would be for him now!
-
-“Well, good night, _bimbo_, if you will go, and may you enjoy seeing
-the riding in the tent!” the woman called to him, looking wistfully
-after the little figure plodding away, after a polite return of her
-farewell.
-
-Natale’s heart was carefree now, as he limped lamely onward to the tune
-of the “Dead March,” humming the air as he went.
-
-The road had been growing more level for some hours as it entered the
-valley, and the river flowed more still and deep. The hush of night
-gathered under the trees, and the birds and insects went to rest or
-noiselessly crept from their haunts about vine and root, intent upon
-the business of the hour.
-
-As signs of the famous Baths of Lucca began to appear at certain curves
-in the road, Natale became possessed of but one idea. Down the river he
-began to see the lights of the town, and he even thought he heard the
-notes of band music, which, in truth, were wafted to his ears from the
-terrace of the Casino. His head was full of plans of stealing into the
-tent, and for at least this last night at Bagni di Lucca, playing his
-own part in the dying-horse act. He would not take precious moments now
-for practicing a somersault or wheel, as he went along, but it was easy
-to rehearse the dialogue over the dying brute--if only his tired, tired
-legs could keep the road, and his aching eyes find the old yellow tent
-set up somewhere among the trees.
-
-Presently, the gleaming eyes of bicycles began to whiz by, and a
-squarely built, many-windowed villa or two rose flush with the road. A
-little farther now, and the tent would surely appear, with perhaps Cara
-in her red dress at the doorway, and the band playing outside in the
-light of the big lamp!
-
-Laughing stragglers now sauntered here and there, none noticing the
-child making his dizzy way among them toward a flare of light on one
-side where the trees fell apart. One would have hardly believed it
-possible that there was room for even the tent of the Circo Equestre of
-Antonio Bisbini and Giovanni Marzuchetti in the space between the long
-storehouse of corn and the terraced hillside behind. Yet, not only was
-the tent there, spread to its full circle and height, but the brown
-wagon also was visible, drawn within its shadow, and now the staring
-brown eyes of the little wanderer had found them both.
-
-Yes, there was the dear old tent, with its white patches upon the dull
-yellow, showing against the vine-clad hillsides of the Bagni. Also,
-there was the smoky lamp fastened to a post, where two ways met and
-parted. There was the usual crowd gathered outside about the entrance
-where Cara in her red dress and gauzy veil watched over the money bowl,
-in wait for some possible late-arriving spectator. The big reflecting
-lantern on the table showed the wistful features of the outsiders as
-they crowded about the tent.
-
-As Natale crept around the tent, he saw the bare, brown legs of some
-trespassing youngster following squirming head and shoulders inside,
-under the curtain by way of the ground. In former times, the little
-acrobat would have been the first to raise an alarm and assist with
-alacrity in the ignominious expulsion of the intruder who wanted to see
-the show, and yet keep his _soldi_ in his pocket, if such were there.
-But the sight of the enterprising offender made little impression on
-Natale’s mind now, as he stepped past the struggling legs, for, the
-hour being much later than he thought, the band inside just then struck
-up the familiar schottisch, and Natale knew that Il Duca was even
-now treading the ring in a dignified dance, led by Giovanni himself.
-His heart gave a suffocating throb, and his cheeks burned. Then he
-shivered with cold, and his weary legs faltered before the daring deed
-about to be perpetrated.
-
-There was plenty of time, even yet, and he would do it even if Giovanni
-should strike him to the ground with his cracking whip, which had never
-yet, however, been raised against him with more than threatening intent.
-
-He stopped to listen a moment longer to the music before entering. Yes,
-there it was, the schottisch, accompanied by the beat of the clever
-hoofs. Then, as he knew the moment was at hand for Il Duca to drop
-dying in the ring, Natale crept swiftly in among the players gathered
-as usual in the small tent behind. Olga was there and Arduina, in their
-fanciful costumes, and Elvira, his mother, waiting for their “cues.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-AT LAST
-
-
-THE small, pale apparition of Natale, suddenly projected into their
-midst, so startled them all that even Olga forgot to listen for the
-thud of Il Duca’s heavy body on the ground and the sound of his groans.
-They stared open-mouthed for an instant, and then the apparition
-vanished as suddenly as it had appeared.
-
-But the strains of the “Dead March” now recalled little Olga to
-herself, and she darted from behind the curtain and out into the light
-of the oil lamp, only to hear a familiar boyish voice instead of her
-own answering shrilly Giovanni’s question, “What are you crying about,
-child?”
-
-“Because our horse is dead!”
-
-“But are you sure he is quite dead?” And Giovanni’s voice faltered with
-sudden fear, as he gazed at Natale’s small, dusty figure kneeling at
-the horse’s head, with Oh! such a world of pleading in his dark eyes
-and folded hands.
-
-“Quite dead!” wailed Natale.
-
-“Get up and feel his pulse, boy. If there is any pulse he is _not_
-dead!” Giovanni spoke fiercely, but there was no frown upon his face.
-
-And so the farce went on as usual, to the end, while Olga, with pouting
-lips, slipped behind the curtain again and joined the others who were,
-every one, peeping in to see little Natale do his beloved dying-horse
-act.
-
-The little girl had come to enjoy her bit of acting with Giovanni and
-Il Duca, for kneeling with folded hands and sobbing breath was a pretty
-attitude, always loudly applauded, and she no longer feared that Il
-Duca would lift his faithful hoof against her. But now, here was Natale
-back again, and his shrill little voice going over the silly replies
-to the clown in his own, old way. Well, it would be rather nice, after
-all, to have Natale again, and she would not fuss about it as there
-were so few things he could really do, while she was learning new feats
-already, and would soon be riding Tesoro bareback around the ring.
-
-A perfect storm of applause succeeded the end of the dialogue, when Il
-Duca scrambled to his feet, and the tent was filled with cries for a
-repetition of the scene. But Giovanni turned swiftly and lifted Natale
-to the horse’s back, only in time to prevent the child’s falling to the
-ground, as if stunned by the noise of the shouting. Out of the ring
-and through the smaller tent to the open air beyond Il Duca pranced
-proudly, with Giovanni at his bridle, holding Natale in his place with
-his free hand.
-
-Outside, they laid the child down on the warm ground in the dim light,
-and Arduina brought a cupful of water and bathed his face, while Olga
-stood by, and Antonio and Elvira went back to help Giovanni with his
-table-leaping inside.
-
-“He is not dead, is he, Arduina?” Olga asked in a frightened voice.
-“Feel his pulse as we do Il Duca’s!”
-
-“Hurry and call Nonna!” the older girl urged nervously. “We shall have
-to go in, the very next thing after this, and Nonna will know what to
-do.”
-
-So when Natale next opened his eyes, the light of a sputtering candle
-showed him the gray head of dear Nonna bent over him. He lay on a small
-mattress in a corner, and the smoke-stained ceiling of the house-wagon
-shut out the sky.
-
-“_Ecco!_ he opens his eyes, my _bimbo_! my Natalino! _Carino_,[10] what
-does it all mean? Tell Nonna how you have come back to the _circo_!”
-
-[Footnote 10: Darling.]
-
-But at first Natale only lifted one hand to stroke the dear, wrinkled
-face of Nonna, in smiling content. After a little, he laid his hand on
-the breast of his blouse and begged to be allowed to go to Giovanni.
-
-“He will not scold me for coming back when he sees what I have brought
-with me,” he urged.
-
-But Nonna reminded him that the tent was still crowded with
-spectators,--did he not hear the music close by, and the laughter
-of the people, as the clown and Antonio and Arduina did the funny
-pantomime?
-
-Natale lay back listening, with a happy smile on his lips, while Nonna
-went to blow up the coals of a small fire on the ground outside, and
-to hurry the broth that Natale might have nourishment. She could not
-prevail upon the boy to confide to her what he was so anxious to tell
-his stepfather, and she left him alone, too glad to have him returned
-to them, to grumble over his reticence.
-
-Of all the children, Natale most sweetly recalled her own son’s
-childhood, and Antonio’s boyish affection for her, his cheeriness and
-obedience, had seemed to live again in Natale, although he was Elvira’s
-son, and no grandson, at all, of her own.
-
-The little ones, Tito, Maria, Gigi and the rest, were asleep in their
-corners, and Nonna had been sitting at rest in the wagon door when
-Olga had rushed up with the news that Natale had arrived and lay
-dying, perhaps, on the ground outside the tent. It was Nonna’s strong
-arms that had borne him away to the house-wagon, and Nonna’s vigorous
-rubbings and applications of cold water that had brought him out of
-the half-swoon of exhaustion. So Nonna was content with her work, and
-would not press Natalino’s secret from him.
-
-By the time the performance was over, and the merry-makers had streamed
-out whistling, chatting and laughing together, and had gone their ways
-homeward, Natale, fed and rested, was sitting up bright-eyed and eager
-to announce his news.
-
-It was stuffy and hot in the wagon, and Giovanni went to fetch the
-boy outside, the moment the tent had emptied and the players were at
-leisure. Olga had not even taken time to change the yellow satin blouse
-and pink tights for her usual faded cotton frock. As for Antonio, he
-had only slipped his feet into a pair of loose slippers, so the great
-acrobat stood before Natale in all the glory of his spangled black
-velvet and shapely, pink-clad limbs.
-
-As the night was dark, one of the lamps was brought from the tent, and
-a wild, gypsy-like scene its rays revealed under the trees about the
-steps of the house-wagon. Elvira, in an access of motherly tenderness,
-gathered Natale to her red satin bosom, and called him by all the
-musical pet names belonging to the boys and girls of Italy, while
-the musicians peeped over the shoulders of the actors and wondered
-how little Natale had ever found his way on foot all the way from
-Cutigliano to the Bagni.
-
-“The tramping will have limbered up his legs!” one whispered to another.
-
-“Stiffened them, rather!” was the reply, and then everybody stopped
-talking and only gazed the harder as Natale put his hand within the
-breast of his blouse and drew out the old leather pocketbook.
-
-“There, Giovanni!” he said simply, reaching the book toward his
-stepfather. “The ugly, black peddler with the red cap like our Leo’s
-stole the money, and while he slept on his back, by the road, I stole
-it from him, and then--Oh, how fast I ran and ran that he might not
-catch me and kill me with his long, sharp knife!”
-
-Giovanni, speechless with astonishment and joy, solemnly received and
-kissed and opened the pocketbook, and then spread out the notes, one by
-one, on his knee, while the rest crowded around, counting them aloud.
-
-What if all should not be there? Natale’s eyes shone feverishly as he
-leaned forward from his mother’s knee, his gaze alternately upon the
-clown’s face, and the long, lithe fingers handling the money.
-
-Five, ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five, thirty, thirty-five,
-forty, forty-five, fifty, fifty-five, sixty, sixty-five, seventy,
-seventy-five, eighty, eighty-two, eighty-four, eighty-six,
-eighty-eight, ninety, ninety-one, ninety-two, ninety-three,
-ninety-four, ninety-five, ninety-six, ninety-seven, ninety-eight,
-ninety-nine, _one hundred_!
-
-Natale’s head dropped back against the red satin shoulder of his
-mother, and his large eyes gazed wistfully into Giovanni’s face.
-
-Would they let him stay now that he had come all the weary way “after
-the wagon”, bringing them the lost money? Their welcome had been
-encouraging; would they let him remain, or must he be sent back to
-Cutigliano, to the priest, to Sora Grazia, to school, to imprisonment
-in a house without wheels, and without Nonna?
-
-It was Antonio Bisbini who brought up the question finally and in a
-manner settled it with his slow-spoken words. Everybody had wondered
-and rejoiced over the safe return of the pocketbook, with the money
-untouched, and Natale had had to tell all about the peddler, and the
-risks he had run of rousing the fellow from sleep in making his escape
-with the pocketbook.
-
-“He was the man who teased me to buy the beautiful diamond brooch on
-the day of San Lorenzo!” cried pretty Arduina, who well remembered
-the peddler’s flattering attentions to her in his hope of finding a
-purchaser for his paltry glass jewelry.
-
-“And the same who so frightened our Tito outside the church,” Nonna
-chimed in indignantly. “And he all the time pretended to be so pious
-and anxious to see the saints’ relics in the church! No wonder Tito
-cried at the snapping of those dirty, thievish fingers in his little
-face. The saints only know how he found the money in Giovanni’s
-coat-pocket hung in the tent!”
-
-“Mamá _mia_, do you remember how stiff my legs were when I played at
-leaping with the boys at school in Florence?” Antonio, the finished
-acrobat, asked thoughtfully, breaking a long straw with his fingers and
-looking at nobody. His blond head reached almost to the lowest boughs
-of the chestnut tree under which he stood, and the lamplight flared
-over his fair face and glittering costume.
-
-Natale sat up to hear the words of this oracle, and even slipped off
-the satin lap of Elvira to the ground, in order to be nearer Antonio.
-
-“I remember that you were a studious boy,” Nonna murmured in reply,
-with a note of the old bitterness in her voice.
-
-“Natale has done a good work in returning the money to us, Giovanni,”
-the acrobat continued. “Why send him back to the foreigners? He was
-unhappy, or he would never have come all this distance alone--mere baby
-that he is.”
-
-“And the Englishwoman’s money?” Giovanni asked in a businesslike tone.
-
-“What has been used, replace from the pocketbook. It is not much, as we
-have taken in so good a sum, here at the Bagni. Leo can ride back with
-it to Cutigliano to-morrow morning, and return in time for our last
-night here.”
-
-“_Ebbene!_” said Giovanni, and this meaning “All right, with a very
-good will,” so it was decided, and then everybody hurried to get into
-comfortable old clothes and to eat supper.
-
-Leo was sent to the nearest wine shop for a bottle of good red wine
-that the troop might drink to the joy of Natale’s return and the
-recovery of the money; also to the just discomfiture of all thieving
-peddlers.
-
-Long before the evening came to an end, a tired but most happy little
-boy had crept into the shadow and fallen asleep, with his head pillowed
-against Nonna’s knee.
-
-“I am glad thou art come back to us, Natalino,” she whispered in the
-softest Italian above the tangled brown curls, while the rest sang and
-made merry, “and if thy little legs will only grow as straight and as
-strong as my Antonio’s, and thy heart remain as faithful to old Nonna,
-the saints forgive me if I care very much whether thou be acrobat or
-priest!”
-
- * * * * *
-
-For some reason known best to himself, but readily guessed by the clown
-and the rest of the older members of the circus, the swarthy peddler
-was not seen in Bagni di Lucca for many a day after. But Natale did
-not lose his dread of encountering the fierce eyes and the cruel knife
-until long after the circus troop had taken to the road again.
-
-Nothing in the world could have induced Mrs. Bishop, the English lady
-at Cutigliano, to touch the money returned with, what was to her, most
-astonishing promptness and honesty through Leo, one of the musicians.
-
-In the first place, the notes were very dirty, much more so, she was
-sure, than when she had paid them to the clown a little more than a
-week before. Secondly, she would not reclaim money which had been once
-devoted to the cause of civilization and of education. If the “little
-ingrate” despised his opportunities and had finally returned to his
-“wallowing in the mire”, let the money which would have bought him
-for decency and for usefulness go with him. Thirdly--but this was not
-acknowledged even to Betty--the old lady’s heart had been touched by
-the tale Luigi the priest had come to tell her on the morning after
-the flight of the birdling. So her heart was not quite so hard as
-her words sounded, and she was in truth rather rejoiced, as well as
-very much relieved in mind, when Leo had arrived to tell of runaway
-Natale’s return to the troop in safety. Therefore, generously, Mrs.
-Bishop would not receive the money because it seemed to her no longer
-her own; surely Giovanni and Elvira and Nonna had kept their part of
-the bargain in giving up the child, while Natale had not even been
-consulted in their plan.
-
-The roll of notes was therefore returned by Leo to Giovanni, with the
-foreign lady’s instructions that the money was to be spent in providing
-meat for broth for the children so long as it should last. There would
-still be plenty of cold water always, free as air, for daily baths
-along the roads of Italy, and Mrs. Bishop hoped that Sora Grazia’s
-ministrations in that line would not soon be forgotten by Natale, who
-for one short week had been a scrubbed little lad. (It is safe to say
-that they were not!)
-
-Along with the money, Mrs. Bishop sent a school primer to Natale,
-with the admonition that he would at least try to learn to read
-while jogging up and down the earth and upsetting his stomach in all
-heathenish sports.
-
-But Madame Cioche and Betty rejoiced in open triumph over Natale’s
-freedom, to say nothing of the priest Luigi and the wise old gentleman
-who had in fact unwittingly opened the cage door for flight.
-
-Sora Grazia was a trifle glum for a day or two at finding her pains
-thrown away upon the sulky little protégé of the foreign lady, but as
-the month’s pay for his board and lodging had been in advance, and the
-nearly new clothes and shoes and cap were now thrown into the bargain
-by Mrs. Bishop, to repay her for her extra trouble, she too soon became
-content and even pleased with the ending of the rich lady’s scheme.
-
-So the bare front wall of the priest’s house in Cutigliano among the
-mountains has, as yet, no prospect of being adorned by a memorial
-tablet to a waif of all outdoors who was willing to be a great man in
-books and goodness.
-
-And Natale?
-
-Well, Natale is learning, better and better, how to turn his
-_capitomboli_ over the dusty circus carpet, and he still feels Il
-Duca’s pulse with sorrowful apprehension to the tune of the “Dead March
-in Saul”--by night among the oil lamps.
-
-By day, he trudges along hot white roads, under the marvelous blue of
-Italy’s sky, with Niero and Bianco for company. Or, he lies on the
-ground at Nonna’s side under some spreading tree in the camping-out
-times, sometimes spelling out words in a dog-eared primer, oftener
-gazing past the tree tops at the cloud-ships sailing overhead, while
-Nonna tells of Antonio’s wonderful childhood.
-
-By and by, when Natale grows too large to do the dying-horse act, and
-little Tito, or Gigi takes his place, he will be dashing with the
-horses around the ring. And then, in the still further and sweeter by
-and by, when Antonio’s agile legs will perhaps have begun to stiffen
-again, and the straight back to bend forward a little as he walks, who
-but Natale will be the shining star of the Circo Equestre, like another
-bespangled, pink-clad Antonio, with crisp brown curls and laughing
-eyes, and the nimblest, straightest legs in all Italy?
-
-
-
-
-_The story of a little patriotic Cuban girl_
-
- LITTLE CUBA LIBRE
-
-_By_ JANIE PRICHARD DUGGAN
-
-Illustrated. 282 pages. 12mo. $1.35 _net._
-
-In all the big city of Havana there was no more patriotic little girl
-than Amada Trueno, daughter of one of the city gardeners. With all her
-heart she hated the Spaniards who ruled her beloved island of Cuba.
-“Little Cuba Libre” they called her when she stamped her foot and
-called the Spaniards enemies and tyrants. When she went to her cousin’s
-house in the country, although she played on friendly terms with the
-children of a Spanish planter, still her hatred of the oppressors
-slumbered. How the Cubans finally revolted, and how little Amada
-herself took part in that revolution, even to the extent of bearing
-arms, is told in this charming story. “Little Cuba Libre” contains
-faithful pictures of Cuban life and Cuban people, and while written
-especially for young readers, its fine qualities should also appeal to
-older ones. Besides being an interesting story of Cuban girlhood it is
-a depiction of the very spirit of patriotism.
-
-
-LITTLE, BROWN & CO., PUBLISHERS
-
-34 BEACON STREET, BOSTON
-
-
-
-
-_Real stories of three famous elephants_
-
- THE ADVENTURES OF
- MOLLIE, WADDY and TONY
-
-_By_ PAUL WAITT
-
-Illustrated in color by Clara E. Atwood.
-
-75 cents net.
-
-Mollie, Waddy and Tony are three of the most wonderful elephants in the
-world. Born in India, they have traveled all over Europe and our own
-America, showing their clever tricks to thousands of boys and girls.
-They were bought by the children of Boston and are now kept in the
-Franklin Park Zoo, where they will remain the rest of their lives.
-
-Mr. Waitt writes of their adventures when they were traveling, and
-tells of some tricks they played which their keeper never taught them.
-Little Tony is the roguish one, and he is always getting into mischief.
-That clever little trunk of his pokes into all sorts of places where it
-doesn’t belong, and sometimes it takes Mollie, Waddy and Johann, the
-keeper, to make him behave as a proper little elephant should.
-
- “This is the most bewitching elephant story we ever read. It is
- the story of their travels through many countries. It is as good a
- story for boys and girls as any boys and girls will ever want to
- read.”--_Journal of Education_, Boston.
-
- “The story of ‘The Adventure of Mollie, Waddy, and Tony’ is one of
- the nicest that little people who like animals can read.”--_New York
- Times._
-
-
-LITTLE, BROWN & CO., PUBLISHERS
-
-34 BEACON STREET, BOSTON
-
-
-
-
-TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:
-
-On page 4, Tesore has been changed to Tesoro.
-
-On page 71, up-stairs has been changed to upstairs.
-
-Illustrations have been moved to avoid interrupting the flow of
-paragraphs.
-
-In text edition of this e-book, footnotes have been moved to
-immediately below the paragraph where they occurred.
-
-All other spelling, hyphenation, and non-English dialogue have been
-retained.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LITTLE ACROBAT: A STORY OF
-ITALY ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/69064-0.zip b/old/69064-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e0e8e3..0000000
--- a/old/69064-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h.zip b/old/69064-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bd5d31..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h/69064-h.htm b/old/69064-h/69064-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 73fb08f..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/69064-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5465 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Little Acrobat, by Janie Prichard Duggan&mdash;A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- font-size: 110%;}
-
- h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;}
-
-p {margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- text-indent: 1.5em;}
-
-.no-indent {text-indent: 0;}
-
-.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
-.p2b {margin-bottom: 2em;}
-
-hr {width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;}
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
-hr.tiny {width: 15%; margin-left: 42.5%; margin-right: 42.5%;}
-
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
-
-table {margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;}
-
-.tdl {text-align: left;}
-.tdr {text-align: right;}
-.tdc {text-align: center;}
-.tdbr {text-align: right;
- vertical-align: bottom;}
-.tdlh {text-align: left; padding-left: 1.5em; text-indent: -1.5em;}
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
- font-style: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-.blockquot {margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;}
-
-.adblock {margin-left: 20%;
- margin-right: 20%;
- padding-left: 3em;
- padding-right: 3em;
- padding-top: 1.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .adblock {margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%;}
-
-.box {border: solid 1px;
- margin-top: 1.5em;
- margin-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin-left: 3em;
- margin-right: 3em;
- text-align: center;}
-
-.box2 {border: solid 1px;
- margin-top: 1.5em;
- margin-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin-left: 3em;
- margin-right: 3em;
- text-align: center;}
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.smaller {font-size: 85%;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
-
-.caption {font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;}
-
-.ph1 {text-align: center;
- margin-top: .51em;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- font-size: xx-large;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-indent: 0;}
-
-.ph2 {text-align: center;
- margin-top: .51em;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- font-size: x-large;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-indent: 0;}
-
-.ph3 {text-align: center;
- margin-top: .51em;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- font-size: large;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-indent: 0;}
-
-.dropcap {float:left;
- font-size: 40px;
- line-height: 22.5px;
- padding-top: 2px;
- padding-bottom: .25px;}
-
-/* Images */
-
-img {max-width: 100%;
- height: auto;}
-
-.figcenter {margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- max-width: 100%;}
-
-/* Footnotes */
-
-.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
-
-.fnanchor {vertical-align: super;
- font-size: .8em;
- text-decoration: none;}
-
-.footblock {color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom:5em;
- margin-left: 20%;
- margin-right: 20%;
- page-break-before: always;}
-
-/* Poetry */
-.poetry-container {text-align: center;}
-.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
-/* uncomment the next line for centered poetry in browsers */
-.poetry {display: inline-block;}
-.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;}
-.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;}
-/* large inline blocks don't split well on paged devices */
-@media print { .poetry {display: block;} }
-.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;}
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom:5em;
- font-family:sans-serif, serif;
- margin-left: 20%;
- margin-right: 20%;
- page-break-before: always;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker-drop .hide {display: none; visibility: hidden;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .hide {display: none; visibility: hidden;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .figcenter {width:100%}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .transnote {margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .footblock {margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .adblock {margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .box2 {margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .pagenum {display: none; visibility: hidden;}
-
-/* Poetry indents */
-.poetry .indent0 {text-indent: -3em;}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The little acrobat: a story of Italy, by Janie Prichard Duggan</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The little acrobat: a story of Italy</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Janie Prichard Duggan</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: Nana French Bickford</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: September 30, 2022 [eBook #69064]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: D A Alexander and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by the Library of Congress)</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LITTLE ACROBAT: A STORY OF ITALY ***</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter hide" style="width: 32%">
-<img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Cover" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<p class="ph1">THE LITTLE ACROBAT</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
-<a id="i_frontispiece"><img src="images/i_frontispiece.jpg" width="350" alt="The pale apparition of Natale startled them all."
-title="" /></a></div></div>
-
-<p class="caption">The pale apparition of Natale startled them all. <i>Frontispiece.</i><br />
-<span class="center"><i>See page <a href="#Page_167">167.</a></i></span></p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<h1>THE<br />
-<br />
-LITTLE ACROBAT</h1>
-
-<p class="ph3">
-A STORY OF ITALY</p>
-
-<p class="ph2 nobreak"><span class="smaller">BY</span><br />
-JANIE PRICHARD DUGGAN</p>
-
-<p class="center no-indent p2b"><span class="smaller"><i>WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY</i></span><br />
-NANA FRENCH BICKFORD</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 70px;">
-<img src="images/i_title.jpg" width="100" alt="Publishers Logo"
-title="" /></div>
-
-<p class="p2">&nbsp;</p>
-
-<p class="ph3"><span class="smaller">BOSTON</span><br />
-LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY<br />
-<span class="smaller">1919</span></p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="center no-indent"><i>Copyright, 1919</i>,
-<br />
-<span class="smcap">By Little, Brown, and Company</span>.
-<br />
-<i>All rights reserved</i><br />
-
-Published, September, 1919<br />
-<br />
-Norwood Press<br />
-Set up and electrotyped by J. S. Cushing Co., Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.<br />
-Presswork by S. J. Parkhill &amp; Co., Boston, Mass., U.S.A.</p></div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="center no-indent">DEDICATED<br />
-TO MEMORIES OF<br />
-TWO LITTLE “ANGELICALS” OF ROME<br />
-SPOTTISWOODE AND SUSIE<br />
-BY<br />
-“CUDDIE”</p></div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="ph2 nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</p>
-</div>
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="3" summary="CONTENTS">
-<tr><td class="tdbr smaller">CHAPTER</td>
-<td>&#160;</td>
-<td class="tdc smaller">PAGE</td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">I</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Along the White Road</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">II</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Nonna</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_12">12</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">III</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">In the Ring</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_26">26</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">IV</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Festival of San Lorenzo</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">V</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">A Gift for the Circus</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">VI</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Separation</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">VII</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Caged Bird of the Fields</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_91">91</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">VIII</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Cage Door Opened</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_105">105</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">IX</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Flight of the Bird</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_121">121</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">X</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">On the Wing</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_133">133</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">XI</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Fluttering a Little Farther</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdbr">XII</td>
-<td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">At Last</span></td>
-<td class="tdbr"><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="ph2 nobreak">LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</p></div>
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="3" summary="CONTENTS">
-<tr><td>&#160;</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdlh">The pale apparition of Natale startled<br />
-them all</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#i_frontispiece"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdlh">Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the tent<br />
-from the garden terrace</td>
-<td class="tdr"><span class="allsmcap">PAGE</span> <a href="#illo1">45</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdlh">The priest led Natale to the other end of<br />
-the house</td>
-<td class="tdr"><span class="allsmcap">“&nbsp;&nbsp;</span> <a href="#illo2">94</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdlh">“<i>Capitomboli</i>, such as the boy who was<br />
-here just now made in the circus at<br />
-Cutigliano”</td>
-<td class="tdr"><span class="allsmcap">“&nbsp;</span> <a href="#illo3">142</a></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="ph1 nobreak">THE LITTLE ACROBAT</p></div>
-
-<p class="ph2"><i>A STORY OF ITALY</i></p>
-<p class="ph2 nobreak"></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I<br />
-<span class="smaller">ALONG THE WHITE ROAD</span></h2>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">T</span>he</span> July sunshine lay hot and
-golden over the fields of wheat on
-the Italian hillsides, and the deep
-shade of the chestnut woods along the
-road was more inviting than the white glare
-beyond. The sun stood directly overhead,
-and along the middle of that white, dusty
-road there was not an inch of shadow.</p>
-
-<p>A small brown house on wheels crept
-slowly along this sunny way, drawn by a
-queer, ill-matched team of three&mdash;a plump
-white horse with long, silky mane and tail,
-a large spotted horse with fierce eyes and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</span>nostrils, and a lean, little brown pony, with
-strangely twisted neck.</p>
-
-<p>Up and up, always a little higher up, the
-horses toiled with the house-wagon, as the
-road rose into the mountains. From the
-interior of the wagon came the sound of
-voices, mingled now and then with a complaining
-note, or an exclamation of pain.
-The travelers were very tired, and poor
-Pietro’s fever was rising with every turn of
-the wheels.</p>
-
-<p>Several men and a sturdy girl of fifteen
-walked beside the horses in the powdery white
-dust. Behind the big wagon lagged a boy
-of eight or nine years. This was Natale,<a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a>
-a slight little fellow, with dusty lean legs
-and dragging feet. His light brown hair
-curled damply about his sun-browned forehead,
-and he wore an old, misshapen hat
-set far back on his pretty head. His loosely
-fitting clothes were dingy with dust but
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</span>Natale did not mind, for, presently, they
-would come to Cutigliano, the old, old
-town on the mountain side, and there they
-would camp out on the soft, green grass.
-And Natale knew from much experience
-that nothing could clean the dust from
-travel-stained clothes so well as rolling down
-the grassy slopes of the chestnut woods,
-with Niero and Bianco as companions.</p>
-
-<p>Of course the sun was hot; was it not
-always hot at noon of a summer’s day in
-the Apennines? But Niero did not complain,
-and why should Natale?</p>
-
-<p>Bianco had tired of trotting along at
-Natale’s side, and at the last stopping-place,
-when Pietro had had a drink of
-water from the wayside fountain, the tired
-little black dog had begged to be allowed
-to ride, and had been willingly taken inside
-the wagon.</p>
-
-<p>Natale never asked to ride in the wagon,
-unless he were very tired and sleepy. They
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</span>were rather crowded in there even without
-him, for Pietro took up a great deal of room,
-now that he had to lie down all the time.
-Besides, the other children, good travelers
-as they usually were, sometimes grew
-quarrelsome and made the mothers and
-the grandmother angry. Natale did not
-like quarreling and loud voices, so he always
-preferred his resting times to be given
-him on the back of one of the horses. But
-now Tesoro and Il Duca were tired also, and
-they were so near Cutigliano, it did not
-matter if Natale did lag behind a little,
-always with big Niero for company.</p>
-
-<p>Niero was a large, lean, white dog with a
-closely sheared body. About his neck,
-however, he wore a fluffy collar of long
-white hair, and bracelets of the same
-adorned his four paws, while his long tail
-ended in a tuft, having very much the appearance
-of a dishmop. Why this white
-dog should have been named Niero, meaning<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</span>
-black, the clown who had also named the
-little black dog Bianco, white, could have
-best explained.</p>
-
-<p>By and by, long after the gray church
-tower had come in sight and the red-tiled
-roofs of the town showed bunched together
-against the green of the wooded hillside, the
-travelers reached the arched stone bridge
-across the river at the foot of the mountain.
-Here the wagon made a halt before beginning
-the last steep climb to the town.
-Above, they could see the stone wall which
-was the boundary of the road winding by
-loops, one above the other, up the mountain
-side, but the town had now disappeared
-from view, so sheer was the rise of the
-chestnut woods.</p>
-
-<p>This halt gave Natale time to come up
-with the wagon, and then he sat down with
-a tired sigh on a heap of mending-stones by
-the roadside, in front of the wagon door.
-His legs ached with weariness, but this was
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</span>no time to think of riding, as even the
-women and all the children but Pietro must
-alight now, to relieve the horses in the last
-pull up hill. Natale watched them descend
-from the wagon one by one, by the steps one
-of the musicians placed at the door.</p>
-
-<p>First came Nonna, the grandmother of
-Rudolfo and Tito and the five other children
-of the blond acrobat, Antonio Bisbini. She
-was not Natale’s Nonna, of course, yet
-everybody called her Nonna, and why
-should not he, who had no grandmother of
-his own?</p>
-
-<p>Nonna carried Tito in her arms and led
-Rudolfo by the hand. Then came Tito’s
-mother, the three-months’-old infant, Gigi,
-in her arms, followed by Olga, who held
-little Maria by the hand. Next, Natale’s
-own mamá stepped down, glad to stretch her
-active limbs by walking, after nursing
-Pietro for so many tedious hours. Then
-the rest of Bisbini’s children scrambled
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</span>out, aided by the music-man’s helping
-hands.</p>
-
-<p>On they went again then, the clown, who
-was Natale’s stepfather, walking at the
-horses’ heads, and cracking his long whip,
-and chirruping to them while the other men
-strode behind the wagon, pushing upon it
-with all their might at the steep places in
-the road.</p>
-
-<p>The women and children, meanwhile, left
-the road to climb the short cuts upward,
-leading directly from terrace to terrace,&mdash;mere
-paths paved with rough stones, here
-and there loosened and displaced by rushing
-rain-torrents of the past. The little ones
-bore the heat and the roughness of the way
-without murmuring, being allowed to
-straggle along as they pleased, now stopping
-to gather a red poppy from the edge
-of the wheat, now dropping on the ground
-to search for a briar afflicting some tired
-foot. Natale was not the last in the procession<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</span>
-now, for he was anxious to get
-to the top and see what the tall wheat
-and the green slopes were hiding from
-his eyes.</p>
-
-<p>At last they reached the wide turn in the
-road where the wagon must finally stop, at
-the edge of the town field. The wagon
-also came toiling upward, and now the good
-horses might rest. So these were unhitched
-from the wagon, and while one or two of the
-men led them up the steep, paved street into
-the village to find food and shelter for them,
-the others attended to the house-wagon,
-drawn close against the low stone wall
-inclosing the field, placing great stones
-against the wheels to steady it in its place.
-Now was Natale’s hour and the dogs’, and
-they understood this as well as he! Over
-the low wall they scampered and down on
-the soft, hot grass they lay, rolling over and
-over down the gentle slope of the field until,
-suddenly, Natale found himself landing
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span>directly upon his feet, with a whirring in his
-head, and the sound of distressed barking
-in his ears.</p>
-
-<p>The dogs had had the wit to stop on the
-very edge of a sharp descent which Natale
-had not noticed, and now they stood on the
-bank, half-a-dozen feet above him, their
-forefeet firmly planted on the brink of the
-grassy precipice, and their tufty tails high
-in the air, begging with all their might to
-know whether their dear little comrade were
-hurt. Natale was not hurt, but the jar
-of the descent gave him a queer feeling
-under the waistband of his trousers, and
-he sat down directly where he stood,
-on the lower terrace, turning his back
-upon the dogs.</p>
-
-<p>A fringe of bushes threw a narrow band
-of shade about him from above, and he
-made up his mind to stay there till something
-should be made ready for dinner.
-He hoped he would not be wanted to fetch
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</span>anything from the village,&mdash;he was always
-fetching something for somebody. He had
-heard his mother calling to her husband to
-bring a little meal for the polenta,<a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> when he
-should finish stabling the horses, and he
-knew there was wine left in the flask in the
-wagon.</p>
-
-<p>From where Natale sat he could look
-directly down upon the roof of a house far
-down by the stone bridge and could faintly
-hear the rushing of the little river Lima over
-the rocks. Presently he eased himself out
-on the grass at full length, with his arms
-crossed beneath his head. As he dropped
-off to sleep, he was thinking how well it was
-that there could be no performance in the
-tent that evening. He was sure that
-Arduina would laugh more than ever at
-his stiff little feats on the circus carpet if
-he should have to turn somersaults after
-the long tramp.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span></p>
-
-<p>Then Natale slept, with the great green
-mountains closing around him, and Bianco
-the black dog and Niero the white keeping
-watch above his head from where they had
-stretched themselves on the edge of the
-terrace in the sun.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II<br />
-<span class="smaller">NONNA</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">N</span>atale</span>, as will have been discovered
-by this time, was an
-Italian circus boy, a cheerful,
-happy little soul, who loved his “profession”,
-and whose ambition reached to the
-giddy height of some day rivaling even
-Antonio Bisbini in his wonderful trapeze
-performances. He loved everything connected
-with the life he led,&mdash;the long slow
-journeyings through his beautiful Italy, the
-camping out at night along the quiet roads,
-the open-air loungings in some village
-through the sunny days, until the evening
-should come and the oil lamps be lighted in
-the tent, and the people come crowding
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span>in to see Arduina dance the tight rope, and
-little Olga do her wonderful turns and
-twists on the carpet, and to applaud Antonio
-and the clown and the horses, and&mdash;yes,
-and himself too, little Natale, stiff as
-his short thin legs always were and hopeless,
-as Arduina declared, in his bows and scrapes.</p>
-
-<p>Besides the three musicians, there were
-two families in the strolling company.
-Giovanni Marzuchetti was the clown, also
-the stepfather of Paulo, Arduina, Pietro,
-Natale and little Maria, and husband of
-Elvira, the black-haired mother of the five
-children. This man had no children of his
-own but was kind in his rough, clownish way
-to Natale and the rest.</p>
-
-<p>It is not difficult to understand why
-Giovanni should have married Elvira and
-her family, when it was known that the
-woman brought to her husband a small
-fortune in the shape of her own wonderful
-skill as a rider of horses, and the little ones
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span>as possible acrobats of the future. They
-had been married for two years now, and
-if Giovanni had counted largely upon his
-ready-made family for speedy reënforcements
-in the “ring”, he must have become
-a little discouraged even by this time. It
-is true that Paulo and Arduina were well
-trained in the art of circus acting; but poor
-Pietro, the middle-sized one, who was
-twelve years old, was always ailing and
-feeble. Sleeping out of doors in the marshy
-regions had developed in his system a
-chronic fever which could not be thrown
-off, even with the aid of Nonna’s assiduous
-doctoring, and lately the weakness had
-settled in one leg and foot, threatening
-permanent lameness.</p>
-
-<p>Natale, who came next, was agile enough
-when running about on his slim brown legs,
-but his funny stiff-legged somersaults and
-awkward antics in the ring were matters of
-jesting among the whole troop. Poor little
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span>Natale, who did so wish to be like Antonio
-Bisbini!</p>
-
-<p>Lastly there was Maria, who was a mere
-baby and as yet only just learning to stand
-upright on her stepfather’s head.</p>
-
-<p>But Antonio Bisbini, the father of the
-other family, was the star of the little troop
-of strolling players. Tall and lean and
-muscular, he stood six feet two in his sandals.
-His blond hair and skin and strong,
-clear-cut features gave him the look of some
-stern young Viking from the cold forests of
-the North, yet this youthful-looking, ruddy
-athlete was already the father of seven
-young children.</p>
-
-<p>No one in the company, not even the
-clown, could hold a candle to Antonio in
-looks or in graceful skill. Natale was sure
-that the noblest and most beautiful figure
-in all Italy was that of Antonio Bisbini as
-he would step forth from behind the tent-curtain,
-ready to thrill the spectators about
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span>the ring. The flesh-colored tights clothing
-his limbs showed to perfection their symmetry
-and grace, relieved by the brilliantly
-spangled hip garment of black velvet and
-fringe, while the proud glance of his gray
-eyes and the light tread of his feet never
-failed to impress the beholder.</p>
-
-<p>Antonio’s oldest, little red-haired Olga,
-tumbled and danced with all a healthy
-child’s love of activity and applause, and
-Oh! how Natale envied her the perfect
-“wheels” she turned, one after the other
-with dizzying swiftness across the dusty
-strip of carpet in the ring. But the rest of
-Antonio’s seven were as yet too small to be
-useful as tumblers or dancers, and Nonna’s
-hands were always full, while their mother
-did her daring dances in the air.</p>
-
-<p>The three musicians, then, and Nonna
-completed this strolling band of twenty,
-with the two horses, the dogs and the
-twisted-necked pony. Poor Caffero had
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span>grievously hurt his pretty neck one day
-when very young, while tied in his stall and
-leaping to reach his food from a manger
-set cruelly high. Since then he had trotted
-painfully through three years of going up
-and down the earth, with his brown head and
-long neck twisted far around to one side
-without the power of righting them. Caffero
-would have made a pretty part of the
-show had not this accident befallen him.
-As it was, he was good for little but helping
-to guide the house-wagon along the weary
-roads. Yet every one loved Caffero.</p>
-
-<p>On the day of the arrival at Cutigliano
-the two horses Tesoro and Il Duca were left
-in their stalls in the village stables during
-the whole afternoon, while Caffero was
-brought down the steep village street and
-allowed to graze in the public field. Nonna
-herself had gone up for him with Tito in her
-arms, after the midday meal of polenta, or
-thick mush of yellow meal, had been eaten.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span>As the trio passed through the narrow
-street of the village, many heads turned to
-wonder at the strangers&mdash;the gray-haired
-woman, the bright-eyed child in her arms,
-and poor Caffero, who always seemed
-pulling against the leading rope and trying
-to twist his head after something left
-behind.</p>
-
-<p>It was while Nonna, a little later, was
-tying Caffero’s rope to a tree in the field that
-she spied the two dogs asleep in the sun near
-the edge of the terrace. As Tito recognized
-them at the same time, and called them in
-his baby voice, the grandmother added her
-summons, and was rather astonished at
-their failure to obey. They bounded to
-their feet, it is true, but instead of scampering
-to meet her, they stood still, quivering
-with nervous excitement and waving their
-tails in much perplexity. Then as Tito
-began to fret and belabor the air with his
-fists, Nonna started swiftly toward the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span>dogs with something threatening in her
-gait.</p>
-
-<p>But where were they, those lazy brutes,
-which a moment before had defied her and
-then had promptly disappeared? A few
-more hasty steps brought Nonna near
-enough to the edge of the descent to see
-both Niero and Bianco crouching over
-Natale on the lower terrace. The boy had
-been awakened by the sudden onset of his
-faithful friends, and lay looking lazily upward
-as Nonna and Tito peered over at
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“Natalino!” the old woman exclaimed,
-and, at the word, Natale scrambled to his
-feet.</p>
-
-<p>“I am ready! Where am I to go?” he
-asked hurriedly, preparing to creep up the
-bank. But Nonna only laughed and
-reached down a helping hand to the child,
-as he clutched at the long grass for support.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Come and eat your polenta,” she said,
-when Natale stood at her side, the dogs
-panting close by. “I suppose they have
-saved you a bite. Why did you run away?
-Though, as for that, you were not missed
-in all this hurly-burly of arriving. Now,
-Niero, stand on your hind legs and beg.
-See, Tito is fretting for you to do it&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“But we haven’t a bone or a crust of
-bread for him, Nonna,” Natale pleaded.
-“See how sadly his eyes look at you.
-Giovanni always gives him a bone.”</p>
-
-<p>“There! take to your legs then, poor
-thing!” Nonna cried in a friendly way
-to the hungry dog. “Perhaps to-morrow
-there will be a bone. Who knows?”</p>
-
-<p>Natale ran off toward the wagon, followed
-by the patient animals, who perhaps were
-well assured that he was going to share with
-them his own scanty heap of polenta.</p>
-
-<p>The brown house on wheels leaned
-slightly inward against the stone wall for
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span>security, as the hill’s incline was steep at
-this point. The door opened directly upon
-the top of the wall, which formed a broad
-and convenient doorstep, reached from the
-ground by a short ladder. About the
-wagon and in the field close by everybody
-was busy.</p>
-
-<p>The great canvas of the tent had been
-unpacked from the top of the wagon, and
-the two women sat on the ground patching
-the holes and thin places worn in it by long
-use. Some of the men were making trips
-back and forth from wagon and field,
-carrying sections of board for inclosing
-the ring. These were to be set up in their
-places by and by, when Antonio should have
-finished marking off the circle on the grass,
-with the hole in the center for the tent pole.
-There was nothing, as yet, for the children
-to do but loll in the shadow of the wagon,
-asleep or awake, and chatter among themselves.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span></p>
-
-<p>As Natale and the dogs drew near,
-Elvira, the boy’s mother, looked up from
-her stitching and clapped her hand to her
-forehead on seeing them.</p>
-
-<p>“Natale! I had forgotten the child.
-Little pest, where have you been, away
-from us all, and your dinner? One would
-think you had friends in the town and
-had been taking your polenta in grander
-houses than ours here.”</p>
-
-<p>Natale replied to these mocking words
-with only a rather naughty shrug of the
-shoulders, and went to sit down on the
-lowest step of the short ladder against the
-wall.</p>
-
-<p>“Give him his polenta, Arduina,” Nonna
-called shrilly from a little way behind.
-“He was asleep, Elvira, all tired out with
-walking to-day as much as any man among
-us. I keep my eyes open. Don’t scold the
-boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“One would think my Natale your own
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span>grandson, Nonna,” Elvira replied, laughing
-good-naturedly.</p>
-
-<p>“All boys are as her own sons or grandsons,”
-Nonna’s daughter-in-law interposed
-carelessly, as the old woman passed on with
-Tito, perhaps to see that Arduina gave
-Natale his proper share of mush.</p>
-
-<p>In Nonna’s big warm heart there was indeed
-room for the sons and grandsons of
-those who were too sparing of motherly
-love and care for their own. The gray-haired
-woman had long ago accepted this
-wandering life for the sake of continuing
-near to her only son, Antonio, the acrobat,
-and Antonio’s children. When her boy at
-the age of twenty-two had given up everything
-that his mother thought of worth in
-the world&mdash;home, a decent, quiet life in
-it, books, school, a career as a priest&mdash;in
-order to marry Cara, a rosy, lithe-limbed
-rope-dancer out of Egypt, he had found that
-his mother was not going to be given up
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</span>along with these. By and by, when the
-babies began to come every year or two,
-Nonna came to be appreciated even by the
-fantastic daughter-in-law given her by
-Antonio, while in the hearts of all the little
-ones Nonna was&mdash;well, Nonna,&mdash;and
-therefore everything good and patient and
-sweet.</p>
-
-<p>It was Nonna who cared for the ailing
-Pietro, who rubbed Natale’s stiff ankles and
-elbows with an ointment of her own invention
-to limber them up, who thought to tuck
-Olga’s long red hair out of the way when
-practice time came and the curling locks
-would have teased the little face and shoulders
-turned upside down and hindside before.
-It was Nonna who nursed the babies
-and put them to bed while the mothers rode
-the horses in the tent, and Nonna who led
-the poor pony about to “fresh fields and
-pastures new”, and Nonna who instructed
-giddy-brained Arduina in the simple mysteries<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span>
-of concocting savory stews out of next to
-nothing, and how to make corn meal for ten
-do service as polenta for twice as many.
-The little troop could not have done without
-Nonna, no, indeed!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III<br />
-<span class="smaller">IN THE RING</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">I</span>t</span> took all of that first day and most of the
-next to get everything into shape for
-an exhibition on the second night after
-the arrival of the circus troop at Cutigliano.</p>
-
-<p>The turf had been removed from the ring,
-or round space inclosed by the low panels
-of wood, and the tent pole erected, by the
-time the canvas was mended and the side
-curtains were ready to be hung.</p>
-
-<p>The sun was just about to slip over the
-mountain rim in the west when everything
-was done, and it only remained to draw the
-stout ropes and hoist the canvas into
-position. Natale was generally on hand
-when this was done, listening for the creaking
-of the pulley at the top of the pole, as
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span>the dull yellow canvas slowly rose into
-position, till, all at once, it spread like a
-queer, pointed mushroom over the green
-grass of the field.</p>
-
-<p>It was a fortunate thing that there was
-no wind that first evening, for if there had
-been even a stiff breeze there would have
-been no performance. A very little wind
-caught under the canvas spread on that
-exposed hillside before it was securely roped
-into place might have carried it all away to
-be stranded in the tops of the chestnut trees
-below, and a new canvas for such a <i>circo</i>
-as that would have cost certainly three
-hundred francs.</p>
-
-<p>When at last the tent was raised, Giovanni
-hung above the entrance a broad
-strip of blue canvas with clowns’ and
-horses’ heads painted upon it, and the sign
-in large letters: “Circo Equestre”, which
-is Italian for “Circus with Horses.”</p>
-
-<p>Lastly, figured curtains of pale green
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span>calico were hung around the little vestibule,
-so that outsiders who had not paid the
-entrance fee might not peep inside and see
-what was going on, without payment.</p>
-
-<p>Now all was ready, and it was still early,
-although almost dark in the field. Among
-the mountains, where one lives perhaps at
-the foot or even half-way up the slopes,
-night falls early, because the sinking sun is
-hidden from sight over the mountain tops
-long before it really drops into the sea
-behind them.</p>
-
-<p>Yet it was not quite time to light the
-lamps inside the tent, as the performance
-was not to begin until half-past eight
-o’clock. Cutigliano was full of Italians,
-and a few English and Americans who had
-left the hot cities behind, with their churches
-and picture galleries and ruins, and had
-come to the pleasant hotels of the ancient
-mountain town to enjoy the fine air and
-the beautiful chestnut woods during the hot
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>summer months. These visitors would not
-be through with their dinners at the hotels
-before eight o’clock, while the servants and
-plain village folk would find a late hour
-convenient for coming down the hill to the
-yellow tent.</p>
-
-<p>At seven o’clock, however, the three men,
-with the big brass horn, the cornet and the
-drum, climbed the stony street into the town
-and made lively music in the little stone-paved
-<i>piazzas</i>, or open squares, where the
-children played in the sunset light.</p>
-
-<p>By this time everybody in Cutigliano had
-learned what had been going on down in the
-field for the past two days, and many even
-of the rich strangers had made up their
-minds to go to see the show, partly out of
-curiosity, partly out of kindly purpose
-to help the strolling players. It had been
-announced that six <i>soldi</i>, or cents, would
-admit to the side of the ring where there
-would be benches and a chair or two for
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span>seats, while three cents offered room on the
-other side with a few boards and the green
-grass as accommodation. Visitors were
-invited to bring chairs for their sittings, if
-possible.</p>
-
-<p>The music sounded very brave and loud
-as it returned down the very steepest street
-of all, which ran between high walls past
-Madame Cioche’s English <i>pension</i> or boarding-house
-and ended in the field. As this
-was a dark and even dangerous descent at
-night for the unwary, Antonio had driven
-a nail into a tree at the foot of the street,
-and had hung there a smutty tin lamp, with
-the light flaring and the smoke pouring
-from two long spouts.</p>
-
-<p>Nonna had beguiled most of the children
-away from the tent by this time, and was
-putting the youngest to bed in the wagon,
-while the others rolled over the grass behind
-the tent.</p>
-
-<p>Natale was as busy as a bee in the small
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span>tent which opened out of the large one.
-This was the dressing room, and the different
-costumes of the actors lay in heaps on
-the boxes scattered about.</p>
-
-<p>As half-past eight o’clock approached,
-the boy became as excited as if this were to
-be his first appearance in public, and he
-kept lifting up the flap of curtain dividing
-the two tents to see how fast the seats were
-filling. The band had brought back a horde
-of village children in its train, and though
-few of these were possessed of the three
-cents charged for children, they served to
-keep up an appearance of bustle and enterprise
-outside, where the band now played
-the National Hymn of Italy gaily in the
-light of the big lamp at the entrance.</p>
-
-<p>Cara, the mother of Olga and the rest of
-the seven, stood in the vestibule and took
-in the great copper cents which by and by
-began to pile up in the bowl on the table.
-She was a very striking person to look at,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span>with her coal-black hair frizzed bushily on
-each side of her head, with her flashing
-black eyes and her heavy brows, her red,
-red lips and cheeks, and her scarlet and
-black gown. No one dared to slip in behind
-the rustling skirts or portly form of anybody
-without paying, for her piercing eyes
-seemed everywhere. Once or twice, when
-the crowds about the doors seemed to
-hesitate and to wonder whether, after all,
-it were worth while to expend six or even
-three cents for what was to be seen behind
-the curtain, the pretty little figure of her
-Olga was seen to flit, as if by accident,
-across the vestibule, the full light streaming
-over her little full blouse of yellow satin,
-and her pink feet tripping as if on air.</p>
-
-<p>The anxious half-hour of expectation
-ended in the sight of a full circle surrounding
-the ring, and then the band came inside and
-all the performers slipped into the smaller
-tent and hurried on their costumes.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span></p>
-
-<p>The band played on; Arduina danced a
-measured dance on the tight rope which
-was stretched near the ground; the clown
-made his funny jokes; Antonio performed
-his clever feats on the bars; Elvira rode
-the galloping horses with Cara dancing in
-and out and everywhere, while Giovanni
-cracked the whip and Paulo held the bar
-for Il Duca to leap. The pantomime then
-brought shouts of laughter and loud hand-clappings
-from the spectators; and afterward
-the tumbling began.</p>
-
-<p>There was nothing that Olga loved so
-much, and she showed it in every line of her
-chubby, yet nimble little figure as she came
-prancing into the ring, and then went heels
-over head, over and over again, without
-stopping to breathe, as far as the strip of
-dusty carpet stretched. Then back again
-she tumbled, only stopping to toss a stray
-wisp of hair from her flushed face.</p>
-
-<p>Next Arduina came tripping in, and over
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span>and over she went too, not so gracefully and
-daintily as Olga had done, for Arduina was
-getting a little too large for that kind of
-thing,&mdash;a great girl of fifteen years.</p>
-
-<p>The clown followed Arduina, dressed in
-his clumsy suit of black and white, and what
-a farce his tumbling was, to be sure; only
-the spectators must have known that he
-failed in order to make them laugh at his
-awkwardness, and make merry they did.</p>
-
-<p>Somehow Natale never quite enjoyed the
-laughter which often accompanied his own
-performances, and now his time had come.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Ecco!</i> Natalino!” called his stepfather,
-the clown, rushing behind the curtain
-all breathless and covered with dust.
-“Over and over and over you go, youngster,
-without stopping to sneeze between!”</p>
-
-<p>Natale was such a little fellow, so much
-smaller than Olga even, that many of the
-faces outside the ring softened at sight of
-him, as he darted out into the light of the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span>lamps and then halted to make his funny
-little salute. He was dressed in imitation
-of the clown, in long black trousers and a
-tailed black coat, with a pointed white
-waistcoat reaching below his waist. With
-an earnest seriousness very different from
-Olga’s smiling grace, Natale turned his first
-somersault, paused on his back, turned
-another jerkily, while the little boys watching
-him hooted, and a ripple of laughter ran
-around the ring. Back again he came,
-however, his thin black legs sprawling in
-air, and his pale little face flushing with the
-exertion. On his feet again, he clapped one
-hand to the back of his neck, bobbed his
-head to the spectators, and trotted off
-behind the friendly curtain, satisfied that
-he had, at least, done as well as usual, and
-pleased with the loud clapping attending
-his exit. Indeed, there was a clapping and
-a calling out of something with laughing
-voices.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span></p>
-
-<p>“<i>Il picino! Il picino!</i>”<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
-
-<p>“You will have to go back, Natalino,”
-laughed the clown. “Salute them and
-stand on your head, boy, but don’t lose it
-on the way.”</p>
-
-<p>The music played loudly, and Natale
-stepped gravely back again, made his odd
-little bow, and fell over on his hands as the
-first step toward standing on his head.
-Poor, stiff little legs! It took more than
-one effort to throw them into an upright
-position above his head, but finally he really
-did accomplish it, and stood thus several
-seconds while the shouting and laughing
-went on.</p>
-
-<p>When Natale had disappeared a second
-time behind the curtain, there were a few
-grave faces among the laughing ones looking
-on. An English lady whispered to her
-companion and sighed.</p>
-
-<p>“The poor little fellow is evidently afraid
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span>to disobey that dreadful clown,” she said.
-“Did you see how he trembled as the man
-stood over him, when he tried to stand on
-his head? Something ought to be done to
-put a stop to this, Betty.”</p>
-
-<p>“The child looks weak, as if he were not
-very well fed,” Betty answered, “but I do
-not think he looks unhappy. And the
-clown was certainly smiling, and seemed to
-be standing by as if to help the little boy
-accomplish his wonderful feat, I thought.
-Don’t distress yourself, Aunty. He is just
-learning, it may be, and they bring him in
-to contrast him with that little beauty who
-turned the ‘wheels.’ Send the boy some
-good bread and meat to-morrow, and that
-will be better for him than our empty
-sympathy.”</p>
-
-<p>But “Aunty” was not satisfied, as we
-shall see.</p>
-
-<p>The last act of the evening again brought
-Natale to the fore. The big spotted horse,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span>Il Duca, was again brought into the ring,
-and after he had cantered gaily around
-inside the ring many times, to the music
-of a schottisch, striking terror to the ladies
-occupying the front seats, with their knees
-pressed against the low barrier, the clown
-suddenly called a halt and caught the
-bridle of the panting steed. Gently the
-solemn strains of the “Dead March”
-sounded through the tent, and Il Duca fell
-slowly and painfully upon his knees, and
-then rolled over upon the ground, apparently
-dying. The light dust of the ring
-stirred under the beast’s laboring nostrils,
-and deep groans issued from his throat,
-while Giovanni stood mournfully by and
-the music played on.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV<br />
-<span class="smaller">THE FESTIVAL OF SAN LORENZO</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">S</span>uddenly</span> the small black figure of
-Natale appeared, kneeling at the
-horse’s side, although no one had
-seen him slip in. With his hands clasped in
-distress, he lifted his voice in such a disconsolate
-wail that even Betty started and
-wondered if the horse could be really dying.</p>
-
-<p>The solemn march was still sounding in
-the tent, and before speaking the clown gave
-the spectators full time to take in the tragic
-tableau. Then he exclaimed briskly:</p>
-
-<p>“What are you crying about, boy?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because our horse is dead.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you think he is quite dead, Natale?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, quite,” wailed the child.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Get up and feel his pulse, boy. If there
-is any pulse he is not dead.”</p>
-
-<p>Natale went nearer and took one of the
-great hoofs of the horse fearlessly into his
-little hands, and felt for the “pulse.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what do you find?” asked the
-clown impatiently.</p>
-
-<p>“There isn’t any pulse,” the little fellow
-wailed again, laying down the big black
-hoof with the utmost tenderness.</p>
-
-<p>“Too bad,” quoth the clown, taking his
-seat deliberately on the prostrate horse,
-which lay as motionless as if certainly dead.
-Then, all in a moment, Natale’s manner
-changed, and he skipped around in front of
-Giovanni, remarking glibly that the gentleman
-had found a beautiful sofa to sit upon.</p>
-
-<p>“And I shall have a kiss to prove that the
-beast is not dead,” exclaimed the clown,
-chirruping a little and smacking his lips.
-And the great brown head of the horse
-lifted itself from the dust, the graceful neck
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span>turned, and Il Duca actually kissed his
-master, then scrambled hastily to his feet
-as if glad for that job to be over, while
-Giovanni hurried him out of the ring.</p>
-
-<p>“Such silly jokes!” commented Mrs.
-Bishop, otherwise Aunty, as the performance
-ended, and the rollicking crowd poured
-out of the tent. “Think of my having spent
-two whole hours listening to them, and all
-on pins too, for fear that poor, ill-used child
-should be forced to do some other unchristian
-thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“But, Aunty, what did you expect when
-you came?” Betty asked impatiently.
-“Surely the little show was not bad, and
-there was actually nothing but what was
-quite decent in every way.”</p>
-
-<p>“I call it ‘bad’ to beat and starve children
-into turning themselves into monkeys.”</p>
-
-<p>“If people would not go to see the
-‘monkeys’ it would be stopped,” was
-Betty’s retort.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, I am sure I only went to oblige
-Mrs. Choky,” Aunty said in an injured tone.
-“She said she thought we ought to encourage
-the poor people on their first night. But it
-will be my last night there, as I shall very
-soon inform her. ‘Encourage’ them to
-martyrize that poor child, indeed!”</p>
-
-<p>From the first performance in Cutigliano,
-therefore, Natale’s trouble began, although
-he did not know it. Contented and tired he
-lay down in his corner of the brown house
-on wheels and went to sleep, while the men
-let down the big yellow canvas of the large
-tent and furled it about the pole. But
-first, he ate his supper of macaroni with
-the rest of the actors, gathered in the small
-tent behind. Midnight suppers were the
-rule on the nights when there were performances,
-as it would have been at the
-risk of upsetting their stomachs in more
-ways than one to eat food beforehand.</p>
-
-<p>Later, the stars kept quiet watch above
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span>the little encampment, where even Pietro
-slept well, with the open house door admitting
-the fresh air of the mountains.</p>
-
-<p>For ten days the yellow “mushroom”
-spread over the grass of the field, although
-very much in the way of the fine city gentlemen,
-playing at ball with bats like tambourines.
-The noisy music at night and the
-cheering in the tent may have kept the
-invalids in the nearest boarding-houses
-awake and nervous, and the people at large
-may have grown tired of the performances
-which they soon learned by heart, but no
-one felt inclined to hustle the poor people
-away, and no one grumbled except Mrs.
-Bishop.</p>
-
-<p>There was something pathetic about the
-clown in his everyday dress, his gayety and
-paint all gone and the deep lines of his face
-showing too plainly in the garish light of
-day, as he pottered about the tent, adjusting ropes,
-and keeping off the village boys
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span>who would throw stones upon the old
-canvas, or play hide and seek among the
-curtains. It gave one a queer feeling, also,
-to fancy the drooping figure of Pietro, with
-his pure little face like alabaster, a member
-of the “wicked circus troop.”</p>
-
-<p class="p2b">This child was perhaps twelve years old,
-and he had the face of an angel. He had
-begun to lose his daily feverishness after a
-week in the mountains, and was soon able
-to limp, and later to run feebly about the
-field with the village boys.</p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
-<a id="illo1"><img src="images/i_044.jpg" width="350" alt="Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the tent from the garden terrace."
-title="" /></a></div></div>
-
-<p class="caption">Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the tent from the garden terrace.<br />
-<span class="center"><i>Page <a href="#Page_45">45.</a></i></span></p>
-
-<p class="p2">But Natale, spidery little Natale, interested
-every one more even than did Pietro.
-Yet he looked only an everyday lad during
-the long summer days, when he trotted up
-and down, to and from the town, carrying
-now a bowl of this, now a flask of that,
-but always carrying something. To most
-people he seemed as happy as the days were
-long, just as ready for a chat with a strange
-foreigner who might address him in broken
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span>Italian as with old Sora Teresa who sold
-fruit and vegetables in the piazza, and who
-sometimes presented him with a ripe red
-tomato, or a slice of melon all green and
-pink.</p>
-
-<p>But Mrs. Bishop looked down upon the
-tent from the garden terrace of Madame
-Cioche’s boarding-house every day, and
-slowly formed a plan for making Natale’s
-life happier. Poor little Natale!</p>
-
-<p>The terrace garden above the field was
-shaded with plane trees and the mountain
-ash, and the grass was soft and richly green.
-Each afternoon some of the boarders would
-gather at the palings on the edge of this
-garden and watch the gentlemen playing
-ball below, and the village boys imitating
-Olga and Natale at turning somersaults and
-wheels.</p>
-
-<p>One afternoon, while the boarders were
-drinking tea under the ash trees, with the
-berries overhead turning red, and the sun
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span>streaming across the croquet ground, there
-came a knock at the side door of the boarding-house.
-Madame Cioche herself opened
-the door, and there stood Natale, smiling
-up into her face, with the old blue hat set
-far back on his dark curls. The lady
-noticed that the boy’s face was very clean.</p>
-
-<p>“Happy day to you,” he said brightly,
-using the peasant form of address, “and
-my mamá says will you please send her a cup
-of tea? She is feeling ill to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course Madame Cioche would send the
-tea, fetching it herself from the dining room
-and handing it to the boy. But she kept
-Natale a moment to ask how it was that his
-mamá could possibly like tea.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, but she has it every day when we
-are in Egypt,” was the reply. “And to-day
-her head aches. Thank you, Signora.”
-And Natale went off down the hill carrying
-the big cup as carefully as his bowls and
-flasks were always carried.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span></p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bishop overheard the word “Egypt”
-and sighed.</p>
-
-<p>The next day was Sunday and an important
-festival, being the day of San
-Lorenzo. A great harvest of <i>soldi</i> was
-expected, as peasants from all the mountain
-villages would come trooping in that day,
-to go to high mass in the church under the
-old mountain firs, and to take part in the procession
-of the “saints” in the afternoon. So
-there was, of course, to be a performance in
-the tent that day, but in the afternoon this
-time, just after the procession, instead of
-in the evening, when everybody would be
-tired or toiling homeward along the dark
-mountain ways. As there was nothing for
-him to do about the tent, however, until
-five o’clock should boom from the stone
-tower of the church, Natale made good use
-of his legs during the whole day, for there
-was much to see.</p>
-
-<p>Betty Bishop had tossed a penny into his
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span>hands down over the garden palings that
-very Sunday morning. Perhaps she was
-thinking of some little child at home in
-England who would be clamoring for a
-penny to carry to Sunday school, but
-Natale had no thought of dropping his
-precious two <i>soldi</i> into the priest’s collecting
-bag in the church.</p>
-
-<p>The <i>piazza</i> was too fascinating a place to
-be passed by, when one held a penny of his
-own fast in his fist. With the dogs on each
-side of him, therefore, Natale spent most
-of the day above in the town, going from
-booth to booth, and in fancy spending his
-money over and over again. There were
-sweets of various kinds offered for sale on
-the little tables along the steep, narrow
-streets, and booths of everything from
-coarse stuffs and ready-made clothing to
-breastpins of gay mosaic work and filigree
-rings.</p>
-
-<p>Everywhere Natale was jostled by the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span>peasants who all through the morning had
-flocked to the town, dressed in their best
-clothes and wearing holiday looks on their
-faces. The women and girls wore gay
-kerchiefs on their heads, with brilliant
-borderings and flowing ends, while even the
-men wore bits of vivid color in the shape of
-gorgeous neck scarfs spread over their white
-shirt fronts. Mingled with these walked the
-lords and ladies of a higher class dressed
-according to the fashion plates of Paris, and
-seeming to enjoy the hot sunshine and the
-gay restiveness of the multitude as much as
-the plainer folk. All day the frolic and
-prayers and the music of the town band and
-the church organ went on in the little town,
-till mid-afternoon, when there fell a hush
-over all and a great expectation.</p>
-
-<p>Natale had not a very good place from
-which to see the procession pass, for he
-stood between a very stout peasant woman
-and a visiting priest in his full black gown.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span>Still, he managed to peer from under their
-elbows without attracting their attention,
-and he was content, holding securely in one
-hand, meanwhile, the balloon whistle which
-he had finally purchased with his penny.
-The pretty red bubble of rubber had not
-yet burst, and Natale was happy in its
-possession. The handful of crisp wafers
-flavored with anise seed, which he had
-almost bought&mdash;so very foolish he had
-been&mdash;would have been eaten long ere
-this, and it would be as if he had never had
-a penny of his own tossed over the fence to
-him by a smiling young lady, but now he
-still had the whistle!</p>
-
-<p>On they came, the straggling company
-of men and boys, dressed in white gowns
-and cowls, and bearing huge lighted
-candles in their hands. Natale thought he
-would like to have been one of the two boys
-bearing the immense candlesticks of brass;
-yet, after all, the candlesticks must be very
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span>heavy, and they were propped very uncomfortably
-on the little boys’ stomachs,
-and very red and perspiring were the little
-boys’ faces.</p>
-
-<p>Natale thought the men’s feet ugly and
-clumsy, showing below the white gowns,
-and their harsh, chanting voices made him
-shiver. But he could not follow the awkward
-marching steps of the peasants with
-laughing looks as some of the onlookers
-were doing, for here, behind the banners and
-crucifixes, came two very curious-looking
-objects.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Ecco!</i> the dead saints!” he exclaimed
-softly to himself. “How heavy they must
-be in the glass boxes on the men’s shoulders.
-Yet our Antonio Bisbini would never bend
-so under a small box as those men do.
-Ah! but the little girls are pretty, so pretty
-in their white veils, and scattering flowers
-before the saints.”</p>
-
-<p>The crowd closed in upon the end of the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span>procession now, and Natale could see no
-more, as he was nearly overturned where
-he stood. After a breathless moment or
-two, he found himself left in peace and
-quiet under the great old fir trees in front
-of the church, with the crowd all gone and
-Nicro and Bianco with them.</p>
-
-<p>Nonna had told him to be sure and see
-the saints, if possible, so he went into the
-dark old church and sat down on a low chair
-to wait for the procession to return. He
-knew that San Lorenzo and Sant’ Aurelio
-would surely be brought back to spend the
-night in the church, perhaps in front of the
-candle-lighted altar, and he wished to
-please Nonna. It was dark and quiet in
-his corner under the organ gallery, and it
-was a very easy and natural thing for a tired
-little boy to fall asleep in that quiet place.</p>
-
-<p>When the procession returned after half
-an hour, it was without the blare of trumpets
-and the crash of organ music, though for a
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span>long while shuffling feet passed in and out.
-This continued until everybody had looked
-at the two saints robed in costly garments
-and reposing now at full length on their
-satin cushions within their caskets of glass
-set before the altar. Many touched the
-rich cloths draping the caskets with reverent
-fingers, and pressed kisses on the cold
-glass before passing out into the radiant
-sunset light.</p>
-
-<p>When Natale waked, the church doors
-were still open, but only one light swung
-before the high altar, and there was no
-trace anywhere of dead saint or living soul.
-He groped his way among the disarranged
-chairs and benches quite to the altar rail,
-but even the empty biers had been borne
-away to some inner recess of the church, so,
-with a dread that he had overslept awaking
-in his mind, Natale found his way out of
-the church again.</p>
-
-<p>The purple bloom of evening was creeping
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span>up the mountain sides, and a star glowed in
-the sky. Just above the mountain line in
-the west the crescent moon hovered, as if
-uncertain over which side to sink. The
-dread in Natale’s mind had nothing to do
-with saints or dark churches. On awaking,
-his first sensation had been a fear that he
-might have missed the afternoon performance
-in the beloved tent, and now, standing
-outside the church in the dusk, he knew that
-he had missed it!</p>
-
-<p>With a sob in his throat he turned his
-face from the telltale sky, and fled through
-the village down to the field. When he
-reached the wagon,&mdash;for he would not go
-to the tent, quiet now and unlighted,&mdash;the
-first words he heard came from Olga:</p>
-
-<p>“Have you not heard, Natalino? Giovanni
-has lost a hundred francs! Somebody
-stole them when he changed his coat
-in the little tent. Yes, I know you were not
-there! We wondered where you could be!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V<br />
-<span class="smaller">A GIFT FOR THE CIRCUS</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">N</span>atale</span> held his breath with horror.
-One hundred francs lost! And he
-not at hand to hear of it, to help
-look for the money, among the very first?
-He could not ask Olga how it had happened,
-because his heart was almost too
-disappointed and sore for words. He sat
-down on the wall, with his back toward
-the tent, and waited for her to tell all
-about the loss, although he was not at all
-certain that she would condescend to do
-so. In fact, she said not a word more,
-but stood in front of Natale, wondering
-not a little at his unusual quiet.</p>
-
-<p>“You are sulky!” she exclaimed finally,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span>“and Giovanni is very angry with you. So
-am I, for I had to feel Il Duca’s pulse, and
-I did not like it at all. Suppose he had
-kicked me, seeing that it was not you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Il Duca was dead!” Natale retorted,
-with a twinkle in his eye, if only Olga could
-have seen it. “He would not know you
-from me!”</p>
-
-<p>“Dead!” cried Olga. “I believe you
-truly do think that, when you set up your
-crying, Natale; really I did not do it half
-so well as you,” she confessed honestly.</p>
-
-<p>“But you ‘wheel’ much better than I
-do,” Natale conceded with ready generosity
-in return.</p>
-
-<p>“Il Duca did not shut his eyes at all,”
-Olga went on, nodding assent to Natale’s
-remark, “and I am sure he <i>winked</i> at me,
-Natale, just to frighten me. It did not
-take <i>me</i> long to feel his pulse! But where
-were you, Natalino, all the time? Nonna
-said she was afraid some of the peasants had
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span>stolen you and carried you off, when Niero
-and Bianco came home without you.”</p>
-
-<p>“As if they would have let anybody steal
-me! Olga, I went to sleep in the church,
-waiting for the saints to come back, and
-when I waked it was dark, almost as dark
-as this!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oho! then you must have been in the
-church when Arduina and I went in to look
-at the saints. Arduina said&mdash;but you
-must not dare to tell anybody&mdash;she said
-that she did not believe there were any
-bones under the saints’ fine velvet robes
-because San Lorenzo had a hand of pink
-wax, and the rest of him looked rather
-stuffed. But do not tell Nonna, Natale!”</p>
-
-<p>“Arduina is very wicked,” said Natale,
-but he laughed with Olga, and then felt
-much better, and as if he could ask about
-the losing of the money.</p>
-
-<p>They were in a little nook to themselves,
-behind the wagon, and no one heeded them.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span></p>
-
-<p>“<i>Ecco!</i> it was this way,” Olga began,
-charmed to be the first to recount the misfortune
-to Natale, who was usually behind
-none in his knowledge of the affairs of the
-company. “Just when Giovanni was going
-in to do the clown in the first dance on
-the rope, the Signor Barbera, the stable
-man, came behind the big tent with his bill
-for keeping the horses, and Giovanni took
-the big pocketbook out of the pocket of
-his coat&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I know which pocket,” Natale
-interposed. “I saw him put the money
-there this morning.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, the signor could not make the
-change, so he told Giovanni it was all right,
-and any time would do, and then Antonio
-rang the bell for Giovanni, and he just put
-the pocketbook back in his coat and hung
-the coat on the nail in the little tent, and
-hurried on the black coat, and went into the
-ring.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and then?” asked Natale breathlessly.</p>
-
-<p>“When he came back, he saw his coat on
-the ground, and he knew he had hung it up.
-‘How comes my coat on the ground?’ he
-said, very loud indeed, and your mamá told
-him he must have put it there himself.
-But he did not hear her, because he was
-shaking the coat and feeling in the pocket,&mdash;but
-there was nothing there!</p>
-
-<p>“We made a great fuss about it,”
-Olga ended, shrugging her shoulders and
-throwing up her hands, “but what was
-the use?”</p>
-
-<p>Natale was silent with dismay. A hundred
-francs meant so much. It was all
-that they had made during the ten days’
-stay at Cutigliano, and now it was gone,
-in a moment.</p>
-
-<p>“The stable man?” he questioned in a
-distressed tone of voice, and very low.</p>
-
-<p>“No, Giovanni said it could not have been
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span>the signor. He is a rich man and honest,
-everybody says.”</p>
-
-<p>So subdued were they all over the trouble
-of the afternoon that not even Elvira
-thought it worth while to scold the quiet
-boy who presently slipped in among the
-little crowd of players in the tent, deep in
-fruitless discussion over their grievous loss.
-They had had a crowded tent that afternoon,
-and the receipts had been so good that
-this evening would have been one of rejoicing
-if only the money for the labors of the
-ten other days and nights had been again
-safe in Giovanni’s pocket. There was not
-the slightest clew to the thief, as no stranger
-had been known to enter the tent, and
-Giovanni had even interviewed the Signor
-Barbera from outside the doorway. It had
-been necessary to be on the lookout for
-possible thieving, as the field was crowded
-all the afternoon with strange peasants,
-attracted by the band music and the big
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span>yellow tent, and by peddlers with their
-wares. One very decent-looking peddler
-had begged pretty, vain Arduina to look at
-his beautiful jewelry and ribbons, but she
-had refused him entrance very reluctantly,
-and Giovanni himself had noticed how
-patiently and decorously the man had
-turned away. He had worn a red fez cap
-over his long black hair, and his bushy
-black beard had reached nearly to his waist.</p>
-
-<p>“I saw him!” Emilio, one of the musicians
-exclaimed, “and his legs were as
-crooked as Pietro’s, only they bent out at
-the knee instead of in!” There was a laugh
-at this sally, but Pietro frowned and muttered
-something about Emilio’s having
-little right to criticize the legs of others.</p>
-
-<p>“I met such a man as I came out of the
-church in the crowd,” said Nonna, hastening
-to speak that a dispute might be avoided.
-“He walked very well notwithstanding his
-poor, bent legs, and he asked me if he were
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span>too late to get a glimpse of the blessed
-relics. A politer man I never saw, though
-Tito was afraid of him, and began to cry
-when the man snapped his fingers at him.”</p>
-
-<p>Poor Natale felt so left out in the cold
-with this talk that he could not bear it long,
-and was just about to creep away, down to
-his corner in the wagon, when a strange
-hand lifted a corner of the tent flap, and a
-strange voice inquired for “<i>Il piccolo
-Natale</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“Some ladies up at the house there have
-a little present for you all,” the black-coated
-Italian butler of the boarding-house
-announced, peering in upon the group
-gathered about the sputtering lamp inside,
-“but they wish to send it down by the boy,
-Natale.”</p>
-
-<p>Then Natale was himself again, and without
-demur or bashfulness presented himself
-to the servant.</p>
-
-<p>“It is well you turned up in time, Natalino,”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span>
-said the clown, giving him a little
-shove toward the dignified butler waiting
-just outside. “Perhaps Olga would not
-have done, in this case. Off with you to the
-<i>forestieri</i><a id="FNanchor_4" href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> above!”</p>
-
-<p>Many a boy would have been abashed at
-finding himself the center of such a group as
-awaited Natale in the hallway of the house
-in the garden. But Natale was too well
-accustomed to an array of faces fixed upon
-him to make the least show of bashfulness.
-The lady of the house, whose pleasant face
-he knew very well, laid her hand on his
-shoulder and asked him kindly in Italian if
-anything had been heard of the money lost
-that afternoon, and her soft, dark eyes
-looked sympathetically into his own.</p>
-
-<p>“No, signora, and my papá says we shall
-never see a <i>soldo</i> of it again,” was Natale’s
-prompt answer.</p>
-
-<p>“Ask him if they have any idea of the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span>person who stole it,” Betty Bishop suggested
-in English, and Madame Cioche did so.
-Natale’s answer to this was more expressive
-than polite perhaps, for without words he
-simply raised his shoulders as high as
-possible, pressing his elbows against his
-sides, and spreading his hands wide to indicate
-the complete ignorance of his people
-as to the coward who had taken their hard-earned
-money. And the drawn-down
-corners of his mouth so changed the expression
-of his face that one would hardly
-have known him.</p>
-
-<p>“Who would have believed the child
-could make himself so ugly,” Mrs. Bishop
-exclaimed. “Have you no tongue, boy,
-to answer properly?”</p>
-
-<p>But as English words were far less intelligible
-to Natale than Caffero’s whinny,
-or Niero’s bark, he only looked up into
-Madame Cioche’s face and smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“There! it is a bonny little face after
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span>all,” said that lady, “and now shall we give
-him the money and send him away?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, let me speak to him first,” demanded
-Mrs. Bishop, “and you, Mrs.
-Choky, must interpret. Ask him if he likes
-to be a wicked little circus boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Aunty!” gasped Betty.</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind, I have a reason for my
-question, Betty. Hush, what does he
-say?”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you like to play in the circus, dear?”
-asked Mrs. Cioche’s kind voice, in Italian.</p>
-
-<p>Natale’s eyes shone.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, yes, signora! And when I am a
-man, I shall be another Antonio Bisbini.”</p>
-
-<p>“He says he likes it very much, Mrs.
-Bishop,” was the interpretation.</p>
-
-<p>“Already corrupted, poor boy, and so
-young!” the old lady sighed, while Betty
-laughed outright.</p>
-
-<p>“Ask him if he would not like better to
-have some nice clothes, and go to school,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span>and grow up to be a decent man some day,
-Mrs. Choky.” That lady hesitated a little
-before putting this question into Italian.</p>
-
-<p>“What does she say to me?” Natale
-asked, his brown eyes twinkling as he looked
-from one to the other, his teeth showing
-white between his red lips. Natale’s was
-a wide, good-natured mouth, very prone to
-laugh upon small provocation.</p>
-
-<p>“She wants to know if you would not like
-to go to school, and learn to read and write,”
-said Madame Cioche.</p>
-
-<p>“And leave the <i>circo</i>?” Natale asked with
-a gasp.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, you could not go to school unless
-you should stop in one place, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“And not travel about with the horses
-and wagon any more, and leave Nonna?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course, Natale. But she is only asking
-you about it, <i>carino</i>, so do not look so
-troubled.”</p>
-
-<p>Natale laughed then, and happily.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span></p>
-
-<p>“She wanted to find out how much I love
-the <i>circo</i>!” he exclaimed. “Please tell her,
-signora. You know, how we all love the
-<i>circo</i>!”</p>
-
-<p>“I think I do, Natale. He does not want
-to go to school, Mrs. Bishop,” turning to the
-eager old lady, “because he loves his life
-with the circus and his own people too
-much.”</p>
-
-<p>“And he does not wish to leave his grandmother,”
-chimed in Betty who had very
-cleverly picked up a good deal of Italian
-during a winter and summer in Italy, and
-all grandmothers are Nonnas in that land.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bishop was silent for a moment, her
-gaze taking in every detail of Natale’s little
-figure standing sturdily before her, dusty
-shoes, and rough peasant leggings, velveteen
-trousers, faded blue blouse, and rumpled
-curls, with the old hat held in one sun-burned
-hand. His face was not so clean as
-usual now, and there were tired circles about
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span>his eyes. It had been a long, exciting summer’s
-day.</p>
-
-<p>“Children&mdash;especially boys&mdash;do not
-know what is best for themselves,” she said
-presently, bending her brows, but not in the
-least frightening Natale, “and I am not going
-to give up my plan, for this baby’s
-nonsense. Why, he cannot be over eight
-years old, at the most.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here, Natale,” said Madame Cioche,
-judging that the interview might well be
-concluded, and handing the boy a small
-packet. “Take this to your papá, and tell
-him that the ladies and gentlemen in my
-house have heard of the loss of the money,
-and are sending him thirty-five francs as
-a little present. Can you carry it safely?”</p>
-
-<p>Again Natale’s sweet smile broke over his
-face, but he only nodded happily in reply,
-tucking the money away in the bosom of his
-blouse.</p>
-
-<p>“Ask him how long they are going to
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span>stay,” Mrs. Bishop called after Madame
-Cioche, who was going to the gate with
-Natale.</p>
-
-<p>“He says that the <i>sindaco</i>&mdash;the mayor&mdash;has
-offered them the use of the field for
-another week,” Madame Cioche said, her
-eyes glowing, as she returned to the hall.
-“I am glad of that, as the poor creatures
-will need all they can make here, now.”</p>
-
-<p>“I call it a sort of punishment, their losing
-the money when playing on Sunday,” Mrs.
-Bishop said severely, and one or two other
-English ladies nodded their approval of this
-speech. “And I think the whole business
-wrong and that it ought to be discouraged.
-I was not at all sure about the propriety of
-giving my francs to your little collection,
-Mrs. Choky.”</p>
-
-<p>“Would it have been more Christian to
-have let them suffer, perhaps for food, and
-the poor beasts too?” the hostess asked,
-pausing on her way through the hall.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span></p>
-
-<p>“But surely you think circusing wrong
-and <i>un</i>christian?” the disputative old lady
-exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>“Aunty, do be quiet,” cried Betty
-warmly. “I am sure you ought not to
-dispute ‘on Sunday’! Besides,” she added,
-as everybody laughed, and two or three
-softly applauded, “they make their living
-that way, and we cannot change them into
-farmers, or preachers. But I think it is
-always wrong not to help honest people who
-are in trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>“If they <i>are</i> honest,” Mrs. Bishop remonstrated,
-but under her breath, this time,
-for Madame Cioche’s eyes were sparkling,
-and she seemed waiting to speak.</p>
-
-<p>“Those poor creatures down there deserve
-nothing but praise,” she said stoutly;
-“they are quiet folks, who teach their children
-obedience and keep themselves
-remarkably clean and mended. If they
-make their living in a way we do not approve,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span>
-we cannot change them, as Miss
-Betty says, but we can feed them when they
-are hungry, and that seems to me not
-‘unchristian’!”</p>
-
-<p>“I am afraid she has a little temper,”
-said Mrs. Bishop, as their hostess went
-upstairs.</p>
-
-<p>“A temper I like!” exclaimed a gentleman
-who had before kept silent, looking up
-from his book. “But do you still think of
-carrying out your plan, Mrs. Bishop?”</p>
-
-<p>“If possible, certainly,” was the reply,
-while Betty, shaking her head, walked out
-into the garden. There, under the stars,
-she stood looking down upon the tent in the
-field. There was no wind, and the heavens
-were fair, so the canvas had not been furled.</p>
-
-<p>“I should like it myself,” she murmured.
-“What a fascinating life to live! Camping
-out the year round in Italy, with no troublesome
-dressing four times a day, no tiresome
-<i>table-d’hôte</i> dinners at night. But after all
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span>I should not like to be that girl,&mdash;Arduina,
-they call her. Of course, Aunty is right
-about the rope dancing and other ‘circusing’
-on Sunday, only she need not be quite
-so fussy over what we certainly cannot help.
-Poor Natale! how disturbed he did look
-when Madame Cioche asked him about
-going to school!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI<br />
-<span class="smaller">SEPARATION</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">N</span>atale</span> lay flat on the grass, his
-face hidden on his arms, and his
-feet rebelliously kicking the ground.
-The added week granted by the mayor
-had passed, and the circus-wagon was
-about to move on.</p>
-
-<p>“You are only to try it, child, and if it
-will not do, you can come back to us. One
-year is not a hundred.”</p>
-
-<p>No reply from Natale.</p>
-
-<p>“You ought to think, sometimes, of how
-many mouths your stepfather has to fill,”
-another voice began. “Five children, and
-not one his own.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why did he marry us then?” fiercely
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span>muttered Natale, but without lifting his
-head, so perhaps nobody heard.</p>
-
-<p>“You will have new clothes and shoes!”</p>
-
-<p>“And a new hat, Natalino!”</p>
-
-<p>“And you will learn to read much faster
-than I can teach you ’Lino, with all the
-practicings and the journeyings. Perhaps
-you will even learn to be as clever as my
-Antonio was, before&mdash;” Nonna ended with
-a sigh instead of more words.</p>
-
-<p>The women and girls were in the side
-tent, busied about dinner, and Nonna
-would not finish her sentence in the presence
-of Antonio’s wife.</p>
-
-<p>“I would rather be our Antonio than&mdash;than
-the King or the <i>principino</i>,”<a id="FNanchor_5" href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> Natale
-cried helplessly. Then he sat up on the
-worn grass, and faced them all, tearful but
-resolute. “I shall not stay here with the
-priest and go to school, mamá,” he said
-earnestly. “You shall not leave me behind<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</span>
-and take Maria and Pietro and the
-rest.”</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps we can persuade Giovanni to
-leave little Bianco with you, if the good
-priest does not object,” Nonna whispered
-in his ear.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I shall go with you,” returned
-Natale.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah! what is all this?” came suddenly
-in Giovanni’s gruff, good-natured tones.
-“What? Natale will not stay? The beautiful
-little star of the ring will not leave us
-in the darkness?” And the clown entered
-the tent and flung himself down, laughing,
-beside the little boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry with the polenta, Arduina,” he
-called to his stepdaughter, who had lifted
-her hot face from the steam of the mush pot
-to laugh at the man’s rough wit. “The
-biggest hole yet torn in the tent must be
-mended this afternoon, and the canvas is
-almost dry now in this wind. If it had not
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span>rained yesterday, and if the wind had not
-played us such a trick on the very eve of
-our going, we should have made our fortunes
-yesterday. A cattle fair does not
-offer itself every day, with its crowd of
-country bumpkins who never saw a man
-in tights. Now, that will do, Natale,”
-turning to the boy, who was sniffing
-audibly. “Hours ago it was all decided,
-and there is nothing more to be said.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then I am <i>not</i> to stay in this horrid
-place, Giovanni&mdash;papá&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“‘Giovanni&mdash;papá&mdash;!’ No more of
-these tears, Natalino. You are to stay in
-this beautiful place, and after polenta, you
-are to go up to the garden and thank the
-lady.”</p>
-
-<p>With a loud, rebellious howl, Natale
-sprang to his feet and rushed out into the
-open air. Nor did he stop until he stood
-among the briar bushes below the garden
-palings. Clenching his small grimy fists, he
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span>stood there looking up toward the many-windowed
-<i>pension</i> and shook them vehemently,
-while his shrill voice cried out
-passionately:</p>
-
-<p>“I shall not stay here! I shall not go to
-school! I like my old hat, and I want
-Nonna to teach me to read. I shall never
-thank you, <i>never</i>, <span class="allsmcap">NEVER</span>, NEVER!”</p>
-
-<p>He had seen no one in the garden, and
-was only addressing the whole houseful of
-his enemies up there in the big yellow building
-with the staring windows. Why should
-they interfere with him? Why should
-any one be trying to make him wretched,&mdash;the
-most wretched boy in all Italy?</p>
-
-<p>“Heyday! what’s all this about?” and
-a white-haired old man, speaking from the
-garden, came close to the palings and looked
-over at the small, threatening figure among
-the bushes. “I cannot understand your
-gibberish, if you are talking to me. You
-would better go away now, little boy, or
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span>some of your people will come and whip
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>“How suddenly you stopped the noise,
-Mr. Grantly,” exclaimed Betty, coming up
-to his side. “Who was it? Why, Aunty’s
-little protégé, Natale! How pitiful he
-looks, walking away as if his feelings were
-hurt. You must have frightened him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not a bit of it, ma’am. He frightened
-<i>me</i> with his fierce little voice. It came
-suddenly, just as I was dropping off to
-sleep in my chair. It is a relief to have
-them moving on this afternoon, with their
-horns and drum. But that boy stays,
-some one tells me. Is it possible that the
-family agreed to give him up? I have
-understood that the Italians cling to each
-other as much as even we do in America
-or England. Do they really leave the
-child?”</p>
-
-<p>“For more money than he could ever
-bring them by his somersaulting, yes,”
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span>Betty answered. “Sometimes I think
-Aunty really does not know what to do
-with her money,” the girl went on confidentially
-to the old gentleman, who was
-listening with interest. “Now, that boy
-has no desire to be taken away from ‘the
-evil life he is leading’ in Aunty’s estimation,
-and he does not wish to be sent to school
-and become ‘a decent man.’”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah! tell me the whole plan, now. I
-heard something of it a few days ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is very simple&mdash;all but getting Natale
-to agree to being imposed upon,” Betty went
-on a little vexedly. “Aunty has had the
-stepfather and the mother up here several
-times this past week to be talked to, and
-an old woman who seems to be the grandmother
-of them all. Miss Lorini has done
-all the interpreting, and also saw the priest
-about it, as Madame Cioche would not.
-They have agreed to leave Natale here for
-one year; he is to be taken care of by the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span>priest’s mother, and to be sent to school and
-made ‘decent,’ poor little fellow.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Grantly laughed, but said nothing, for
-his heart was still young and understanding
-of boyish hearts, if his head was white, and
-he felt a wise interest in Mrs. Bishop’s
-philanthropic scheme.</p>
-
-<p>“Aunty is to pay everything, and she
-says she thinks she knows now why all the
-hotels up at Abetone were full so she could
-not get a good room there for these three
-weeks. She finds that she was ‘ordained’
-to rescue a boy from his persecutors, as she
-persists in calling the circus men. It is
-supposed, I believe, that all little boys and
-girls of circuses have been stolen from kind
-parents, and if not are half-killed with
-cruelty by their own.”</p>
-
-<p>“You speak very warmly, young lady,”
-Mr. Grantly remarked, a little reproof in his
-tone. “There is no doubt that many such
-children do suffer and are very unhappy.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Those certainly do not!” retorted Betty,
-pointing to a number of the circus children
-frolicking in the field with Niero and Bianco.
-Olga’s red cotton dress was flitting over the
-grass, and her merry laugh was echoed by
-the other little ones, as Niero finally caught
-her red skirts in the chase.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course the clown objected at first,”
-Betty continued, “but Aunty was more
-determined than he and soon proved to
-him that it would be worth his while to
-agree. The old lady, whom they call
-Nonna, was curiously anxious for Natale
-to have a chance at schooling. I wondered
-at that till I heard about her son.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I know,” Mr. Grantly assented.
-“Some, however, would think he had made
-a very fair exchange in giving up the future
-of a priest for the easy, out-of-doors life of
-an acrobat. There is no accounting for tastes,
-though. And is this boy to be made a priest?”</p>
-
-<p>“Only let my Aunty hear you say that!”
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span>laughed the girl. “No, indeed, but the
-priest was the only one who would agree to
-be troubled with the child, after Miss Lorini
-had explained all Aunty’s conditions&mdash;how
-Natale was to have a cold bath every morning,
-meat to eat every day, and new shoes
-as soon as his old ones come into holes.
-The priest, too, has agreed to write a letter
-to Aunty every month to tell her of Natale’s
-progress&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Toward growing into a ‘decent man’?”
-interposed Mr. Grantly. “Well, I hope the
-plan will work well for all parties. Few
-Italian peasant lads get such a chance.”
-Then the old gentleman went back to his
-chair to continue his nap.</p>
-
-<p>All that afternoon, until four o’clock,
-there was an unusual bustle going on about
-the little encampment. The tattered,
-damp, half-ruined canvas was rolled up and
-packed along with poles and planks and
-ropes on a small cart hired for this occasion,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span>
-while the cooking utensils and the
-scant furniture of the tents were gathered
-together for conveyance in the house-wagon.
-It was a cold and dreary day, following the
-night of stormy wind, with the clouds settling
-close about the mountain tops and the
-wind sweeping down the valley wet with
-rain. And in the heart of Natale there
-was even less promise of sunshine. He sat
-apart from the others on the damp wall,
-frowning and sullen.</p>
-
-<p>Half an hour before, he had been almost
-forcibly dragged up the hill to the house in
-the garden by Giovanni, who had made
-little jokes to hide the sulkiness of the boy’s
-replies to the questions of the ladies gathered
-there. Madame Cioche had promptly hidden
-herself when she saw the green gate
-open and the pair coming in, but the clown
-had walked directly through the hall and up
-to the little table where Mrs. Bishop sat
-taking her tea.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span></p>
-
-<p>No command of Giovanni nor persuasion
-of Miss Lorini, who was an artist, could
-induce Natale to say: “Thank you, signora,
-for your kindness.” His revolt had
-been beforehand hushed into silence by
-some very plain threats of punishment by
-his mother, but nothing could make him
-say that he was glad to stay in Cutigliano
-and go to school every day.</p>
-
-<p>He stood before them all, miserable as a
-child could be, his face very clean and pale,
-and a new pair of shoes already upon his
-feet. They pinched his toes woefully, but
-his heart ached more than his feet.</p>
-
-<p>“You will love the signora very much,
-some day, when you are a man and remember
-how good she was to the poor little boy
-who knew nothing but how to turn somersaults,”
-Miss Lorini had said caressingly in
-her softest Italian, studying the piteous
-face meanwhile with an eye to painting it
-some day, when it should smile again.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I shall learn to do something besides the
-<i>capitomboli</i>,<a id="FNanchor_6" href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> when I am a man,” Natale had
-said eagerly. “I shall be like our Antonio
-some day.” Perhaps these foreigners would
-be willing to leave him in peace if he could
-convince them that he <i>wished</i> to be a strolling
-player all his life.</p>
-
-<p>“He speaks as if he does not exactly
-understand,” said Miss Lorini, looking at
-Giovanni inquiringly. “Does he not know
-that he is to give up the circus now?”</p>
-
-<p>Giovanni shrugged his shoulders, then
-shook Natale’s slender shoulder, muttering:</p>
-
-<p>“No more of your silly talk, boy!”
-Then louder, “If you will not thank the
-lady, I do, with all my heart.” And with
-that he bowed low, then pushing Natale
-before him, went quickly away. He was,
-in secret, rather sorry for the boy, who had
-never before given any trouble with foolish
-willfulness, and who had moreover such high
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span>ambitions! It did seem a stupid life to
-which they were leaving the poor child, but
-then there was to be considered the roll of
-money already sewed into his own belt,
-with more to accumulate there, if Natale
-should be left still another year with the
-priest Luigi. If rich <i>forestieri</i> had nothing
-else to do with their money but give it
-away in this frantic fashion, the stepfather
-was not unwilling to share the bounty, and
-Elvira, the mother, had seemed not to mind.</p>
-
-<p>So now Natale sat alone on the wall, feeling
-very much out of it all, and longing to
-hear some one say, “Natalino, do fetch me
-this”, or “Carry that”; but no one said
-anything of the kind. They seemed to feel
-that he was no longer one of them, and his
-little heart swelled to breaking.</p>
-
-<p>He was too young to long harbor ill-will
-and of too sunny a spirit to sulk for many
-minutes at a time, so presently he slipped
-off the wall and ran to meet Olga, who was
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span>struggling over to the traveling house-on-wheels,
-dragging two stools behind her.
-The very last things were being done, and
-already the horses were standing by, ready
-to be hitched at the last moment.</p>
-
-<p>“Do let me carry the stools, Olga,”
-Natale pleaded with unwonted entreaty
-in his voice. “Well, one of them, then.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am sorry you are going to stay behind
-here, Natalino,” the little girl panted.
-“Why do you? I should run after the
-wagon if I were you!”</p>
-
-<p>Natale had never thought of such a
-simple thing to do by way of escape! He
-promptly set down the stool he had grasped
-and looked fixedly away from Olga’s red-brown
-eyes.</p>
-
-<p>Alas! in that critical moment, what did
-he see approaching from the village? The
-flat, broad-brimmed hat and flowing black
-skirts of a priest, descending the street and
-turning in at the field!</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span></p>
-
-<p>There was then not a moment to be lost!
-Forgetting Olga and the heavy stools,
-Natale turned and fled, away&mdash;anywhere&mdash;out
-of sight of the jailor advancing.
-Everything flashed out of his mind except
-the impulse to escape, to hide himself from
-those searching eyes under the felt hat brim.
-His flying feet skimmed across the field, and
-when they had borne him out of sight down
-the nearest slope, Natale flung himself
-on the ground under a thicket of thorny
-blackberry bushes.</p>
-
-<p>He lay there for what must have been a
-long time, for, after a while, a sudden
-shower of rain swept down the valley and
-for a few minutes enveloped everything
-in a gray mist. Even after it had passed,
-Natale delayed returning to the wagon
-until the priest should have quite gone,
-in despair of capturing his prisoner. When
-at last he did venture forth, and crept
-to the upper verge of the slope, his first
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span>glance was across the field for the brown
-wagon.</p>
-
-<p>It was not there!</p>
-
-<p>He set out in a headlong run for the place
-where it had stood. There was nothing
-left&mdash;absolutely nothing. Only a priest
-sat quietly waiting in a gap in the wall.</p>
-
-<p>Natale, with eyes only for the deserted
-spot, came stumbling upon the man, without
-so much as seeing that he was there,
-and then the priest rose, and taking the
-boy’s hand, spoke with the utmost quietness.</p>
-
-<p>“Come home with me now, Natalino,”
-was what he said, and Natale heard as one
-hears dream voices.</p>
-
-<p>Poor child! If he had only listened, he
-might have heard the dull screeching of the
-brakes as the wagon crawled carefully down
-the hill toward the arched bridge, and it
-would have been an easy matter to snatch
-his hand from the limp grasp of the priest
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span>and go hurrying down the short cuts in
-pursuit. But his head seemed so full of
-a hundred roaring noises that he could not
-hear, and his heart beat so fast that he
-could not speak, and so up the hill he went
-at the priest’s side.</p>
-
-<p>Nor did he see the quiet smile upon
-Luigi’s shaven lips, as they passed the green
-gate of the garden where Betty stood peering
-through. She would not have spoken to the
-boy just then for all the world, and as for
-Madame Cioche, she could not have done
-so if she had wished. She gazed down from
-her latticed window, her bright eyes dimmed
-as they fell upon the little caged bird of the
-fields fluttering by.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII<br />
-<span class="smaller">THE CAGED BIRD OF THE FIELDS</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">T</span>here</span> is a short, crooked street in
-Cutigliano, which leads back of the
-church and out upon the promenade
-of San Vito. This street is confined on
-either hand by stone houses and stone walls
-of gardens, and paved with large square
-stones. Here and there a gateway gives a
-peep at lapping hills across the river. The
-massive church tower rises directly from a
-narrow turn in this street, and when the
-bells ring down from the arches in the top
-of this tower, the stony street reverberates
-with a deafening clamor.</p>
-
-<p>By the time the priest and Natale reached
-the foot of the church tower, the boy was
-weeping bitterly but quietly. His one free
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span>arm hid as much of his face as possible,
-and his feet in the clumsy new shoes stumbled
-so helplessly that Luigi had some
-trouble in preventing his falling.</p>
-
-<p>As they had passed through the town,
-where everybody sat at their doors or
-lounged in the <i>piazza</i>, all had recognized
-the little acrobat, as Natale realized only
-too well. Many accosted him in wonder,
-and some would even have stopped him to
-inquire into his misfortune in being left
-behind by his family. But the young
-priest motioned such away with authority,
-silencing with a gesture of his long finger the
-too curious. Others had already learned
-how it had come about that Natale was to
-spend a year with Sora Grazia, and her son
-the priest, and these contented themselves
-with shrugs and smiles for the boy’s companion,
-as who should say: “We wish you
-well of your bargain, Signor priest.”</p>
-
-<p>The great hands of the church clock
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span>pointed to ten minutes of four, as the bell
-boomed the hour of six. No one, however,
-ever thought of consulting the huge figures
-painted on the stone face of the tower
-clock, for those long iron hands had not
-stirred for many a day.</p>
-
-<p>The deep sound of the bell struck so
-suddenly upon Natale’s ears that he started,
-and dropping his arm from before his eyes,
-gazed dully ahead. It was not often that
-he had strayed farther than this corner of the
-old church, and he had never followed the
-San Vito promenade to the end. Most of
-the town was left behind now; whither
-could this man be taking him?</p>
-
-<p>A row of houses with numbers in blue
-figures on one side of the lintels extended
-back of the church, but before none of
-these did Luigi pause. Next came a low,
-broken wall, and then a house, detached
-from its neighbors and with a long, sloping
-roof, covered with slabs of slate. This
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span>house had no door opening on the street,
-and in the blank front wall there was only
-a very small window at one corner close
-under the eaves. Over a door in the end of
-the house nearest the church there was a
-small crucifix in carved stone set into the
-wall, but this door was seemingly closed
-and unused.</p>
-
-<p>The priest led Natale a few steps farther,
-to the other end of the house, and then they
-left the street and entered a long balcony
-leading to a wide-open door.</p>
-
-<p class="p2b">A middle-aged woman sat just inside this
-doorway at the foot of a flight of stairs
-leading up into the room under the roof.
-She wore a kerchief of red and black cotton
-over her head and tied in a knot under her
-chin, and her eyes were bent upon a coarse
-piece of mending occupying her work-worn
-hands.</p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
-<a id="illo2"><img src="images/i_094.jpg" width="350" alt="The priest led Natale to the other end of the house."
-title="" /></a></div></div>
-
-<p class="caption">The priest led Natale to the other end of the house.<br />
-<span class="center"><i>Page <a href="#Page_94">94.</a></i></span></p>
-
-<p class="p2">At Luigi’s heavy step on the stone flooring
-of the balcony, she lifted her face to his and
-something like a smile softened the expression
-of her stern features. Her black brows
-unbent and she made way for her son to
-enter by twisting her stool slightly and
-shifting her feet. Luigi passed by her and
-took up his stand in the gathering gloom of
-the little passage, his eyes fixed warily upon
-Natale. The little boy had released his
-hand from the priest’s outside the door,
-and now stood leaning against the railing
-of the balcony, staring frowningly at the
-woman.</p>
-
-<p>“You are content to have it over with,
-Gigi?” the mother asked, glancing from
-man to boy and back again.</p>
-
-<p>Luigi nodded his head.</p>
-
-<p>“Give him something to eat and put him
-to bed,” he counseled in a low tone, “and
-do not argue with him to-night. To-morrow
-the sun will shine and he will begin
-to forget.”</p>
-
-<p>Natale’s sharp ears caught every word,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span>stolid as he looked. “Forget?” What did
-they think he would forget? Not Olga’s
-last words, certainly: “I would run after
-the wagon, if I were you.”</p>
-
-<p>But, <i>why was he not running now</i>? No
-door, as yet, kept him prisoner. There was
-the empty street. Below ran the long,
-long white road. The night was coming
-down, and he was not afraid of the dark.
-Once out of sight, around one of the loops
-of the road, it would take but a moment to
-slip off the heavy shoes with their soles half
-an inch thick, and then on and on in the
-cool darkness he might run on light bare
-feet&mdash;“after the wagon.”</p>
-
-<p>He thrilled with the thought as it flashed
-through his mind, but a flash of the same
-thought thrilled Sora Grazia at the same
-time, for just then she leaned forward and
-laying her hand on Natale’s arm, she drew
-him to her side.</p>
-
-<p>“Once I had a curly-haired little boy of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span>my own,” she said with a serious smile,
-“but after a while, he grew to be a man, and
-now he has brought to me another little
-boy. Natalino, I hope you will be as good
-a boy as my Gigi ever was.”</p>
-
-<p>Natale gazed earnestly into the woman’s
-face.</p>
-
-<p>“I am not at all good, signora,” he said
-unsteadily, and he could not help the stirring
-of hope in his heart, with this confession,
-but Sora Grazia only smiled again and
-tapped his cheek, and said that perhaps the
-good Luigi would teach him to be good.</p>
-
-<p>And there was no more opportunity left
-Natale for running away, for he was presently
-led into the kitchen where he had to
-sit and watch Sora Grazia prepare the
-macaroni for supper. He was hungry
-enough to enjoy a plateful of this but the
-slip of boiled beef served him on a clean
-plate afterward could not be choked down.
-He had overheard some one in the tent&mdash;could<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span>
-it have been only that very day?&mdash;say
-that he was to have meat every day in
-his new home, and his sister, Arduina, had
-added that she wished <i>she</i> were sure of
-getting a morsel three times a week. Had
-not a doctor in Sicily said that she must
-have all delicate and nourishing food? And
-what were dry bread and sour wine as substitutes?
-No, Natale could not eat the
-meat that night. Happily the plate of
-macaroni had been generous, and what in
-all the land of sunny Italy is so filling as a
-plate of macaroni?</p>
-
-<p>The valley looked dismally dark that
-night, as Natale crept from his little trestle
-bed and crouched on the brick floor at the
-window, after he was supposed to be asleep.
-He was to share the priest’s attic chamber,
-and a few moments before Sora Grazia had
-carried away the candle. He peered out
-between the flower pots on the window
-ledge and again wondered in his childish
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span>way why anybody in the big world outside
-should have troubled to make him miserable.</p>
-
-<p>He was very sure that he had done
-nothing to harm the foreign lady with the
-spectacles. Once he had laughed when
-she had sneezed many times very loudly,
-in crossing the field near him, but he was
-sure no one had heard him, for he was lying
-on the ground and had buried his face in the
-grass. The pretty signorina with her had
-laughed too, and said something in their
-strange language which the lady had answered
-by another loud sneeze. Besides this,
-there was absolutely nothing he could have
-done to provoke any of the people in the
-garden. Yet, here he was being punished!</p>
-
-<p>The thought of Sora Grazia oppressed
-him, her serious face and her high hopes of
-his goodness. The house, too, was quieter
-than any place he had ever known,&mdash;he
-who had been used to few roofs save those
-of the caravan and tent. There were no
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span>children about, and there was no sound
-inside of crying, or laughing, or singing, or
-whistling. It was almost as bad as having
-to live in a solemn church when the candles
-are all out and the crowds are gone, and
-one feels, in the dimness and silence, as if
-something were coming up stealthily behind
-one to scare one’s wits away. It is all very
-well to rest for a minute in a cool church,
-out of the glare of the sunlight, when one
-may run out again at will, free as a wild bird
-or butterfly. But to have to stay, night
-and day, for a whole year in such a place!
-Natale shuddered, for this was just the way
-in which the awful quiet of the little stone
-house of the priest affected him.</p>
-
-<p>When Luigi came up to bed, hours later,
-he lifted the sleeping boy from the bricks
-at the window and covered him up snugly
-in bed.</p>
-
-<p>“My mother thinks we can do it,” he
-muttered to himself, as he threw off his
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</span>black gown. “I shall do my part, but I am
-not sure they have done a wise thing.”
-Then he sighed a little. Perhaps he was
-wishing that he could be a little boy again,
-with the wide, wide world before him, and
-no one to interfere with his choice of a career,&mdash;free
-to be acrobat or priest, but always
-to have his own choice.</p>
-
-<p>With the passing of the first night all idea
-of running away seemed to have left Natale’s
-mind, and Sora Grazia was at first delighted
-to find her charge as submissive as
-a lamb to all her arrangements. After the
-first day or two, however, it became not
-quite so comfortable to see the little boy
-sit immovable for hours at a time, on the
-floor of the balcony, gazing down into the
-valley where the river ran merrily over the
-rocks. She would even have preferred to
-rebuke the child for something a little more
-outrageous than his listless torpor. She
-herself had to eat the meat prepared for
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</span>Natale, if she would not see it wasted, for
-Natale could not touch it, nor would Luigi,
-her usually tractable son.</p>
-
-<p>The young priest was no less puzzled over
-Natale’s conduct than his mother was.
-The schoolmaster reported to him that the
-boy held his little paper-covered spelling-book
-before his eyes with the utmost diligence,
-and really seemed to try to remember
-the letters as they were pointed out to him
-with patient repetition, but that he might
-as well have been gazing off into the valley
-instead, for all the good the pages did him,
-and Luigi believed it.</p>
-
-<p>The other boys tried to lure him into their
-games and to practice his funny <i>capitomboli</i>
-but he would only sit quietly by, on the
-stone steps of the church, watching them
-till playtime was over, when he must sit up
-on the bench in the schoolroom again and
-hold his book before his eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“He cannot keep up his sulking forever,”
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</span>Sora Grazia said on the sixth day of Natale’s
-stay with her. Luigi was standing near her
-in the balcony, brushing the dust from the
-skirts of his long gown, which he shook
-vigorously with his strong hands, as his
-mother continued, “I confess that I am
-surprised he has taken things so quietly.”</p>
-
-<p>“A little too quietly!” muttered Luigi
-into the folds of his gown.</p>
-
-<p>“But now, one would like to see him
-brighten up a little instead of glooming
-over his food and everything else,” Sora
-Grazia went on. “He is not the same child
-he was a week ago, making his ridiculous
-<i>capitomboli</i> over the circus carpet. I wonder
-if he could turn a somersault now,
-Luigi.” The woman lifted her head from
-her work to look over at Natale, who sat
-on the low street wall with his feet dangling
-into the road.</p>
-
-<p>“I gave him leave to go and play with
-the boys down in the field, this afternoon,”
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span>said Luigi, shaking his gown almost
-viciously. “He said he did not wish to go
-where his tent had been, and that he never
-expected to turn a somersault again.”</p>
-
-<p>“Impertinent!” exclaimed Sora Grazia.
-“We’ll let him alone a while longer, and
-he’ll come all right. A child cannot sulk
-forever, as I said before.”</p>
-
-<p>“But one can die of starvation and homesickness,
-perhaps,” quoth Luigi, stepping
-past his mother and springing up the stairs,
-his gown upon his arm.</p>
-
-<p>Grazia’s retort was stayed upon her lips
-by what she now saw passing in the street.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII<br />
-<span class="smaller">THE CAGE DOOR OPENED</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">N</span>atale</span>, too, was looking up, but
-only dully, as a party of ladies and
-gentlemen sauntered toward him
-laughing and talking gayly as they came.
-Many such groups had passed him already,
-taking afternoon strolls toward the beautiful
-promenade of San Vito leading around the
-mountain side. But this particular group
-paused, when a spectacled old lady did, and
-all gathered about Natale, except the white-haired
-gentleman standing a little aloof
-and tapping the paving stones with his
-stick.</p>
-
-<p>“Why haven’t you been to see us, Natale
-Marzuchetti?” Miss Lorini asked cheerfully<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span>
-in Italian. “Mrs. Bishop was sure
-you would come.”</p>
-
-<p>“He does not look like the same child!”
-whispered Betty to her aunt, who now
-pushed forward.</p>
-
-<p>“Ask him if he is a <i>smart</i> boy in school,
-and if he is not <i>glad</i> to be dressed so decently
-and to be learning something <i>useful</i>,”
-Mrs. Bishop said hurriedly to the
-Italian lady, all of which was repeated to
-Natale in his own language as was requested.
-But Natale only shook his head
-slowly and wistfully.</p>
-
-<p>“You used to talk fast enough!” Mrs.
-Bishop cried impatiently. “Look,” she
-went on, pointing to the next house, a little
-farther on, “don’t you see that white stone
-in the wall? The words on it tell about a
-man who was born there, two hundred and
-fifty years ago, who was so good and useful
-that the people here put his name up there
-that he might never be forgotten. What’s
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span>to hinder there being a stone put up on this
-house, to tell about little Natale who was
-only a poor circus boy, but who came to
-live here when he was eight years old and
-became a very useful and good man? Tell
-him, Miss Lorini, just what I say!” And
-Mrs. Bishop pointed from the memorial
-tablet in one house to the blank front wall
-of the other, while Luigi, peering out of his
-window between the flower pots, dodged
-behind a tall geranium, and hoped the sharp
-eyes of the old lady were not searching for
-him.</p>
-
-<p>Natale listened gravely to Miss Lorini’s
-communication, his eyes passing carelessly
-from the memorial tablet to the wall of an
-opposite house.</p>
-
-<p>There was a rude painting on this wall of
-a Madonna holding a baby in her arms, and
-it was protected from the weather by a
-shallow arch of masonry. As Natale looked
-at the picture, he was reminded in some
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span>mysterious way of Nonna, who was never
-without a child in her arms, unless she were
-bending over a fountain washing the children’s
-clothes. A new look sprang into
-his eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“Our Antonio had <i>his</i> name printed in
-Egypt and in Turkey and in Greece!” he
-answered proudly, for the first time opening
-his lips. “I would rather be like that than
-have my name cut here on the priest’s
-house!”</p>
-
-<p>“Good for the little chap,” cried the
-gentleman softly. He had understood what
-the shrill little voice said.</p>
-
-<p>“Printed on what, child? What was
-‘our Antonio’s’ name printed on, in all
-those places?” Miss Lorini asked.</p>
-
-<p>“On paper, of course,” answered the child
-simply. “And there were pictures of him
-too, all red and yellow and blue, performing
-on the bars. Everybody in the streets
-was looking at his name and the pictures.”
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span>The little fellow’s face was glowing as he
-spoke of his friend, and Miss Lorini had not
-the heart to translate his words to Mrs.
-Bishop, who could hardly have passed them
-by calmly.</p>
-
-<p>“But you are content here?” Betty
-managed to ask in intelligible Italian.</p>
-
-<p>The shadow fell again over Natale’s face,
-and his figure visibly drooped. He did
-not pretend to answer her question.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Aunty, let him go back to his
-people,” Betty pleaded, seeing the change.
-“Anybody can see that he is miserable.
-He is too little to be made to suffer.”</p>
-
-<p>“He is too little to suffer long,” Mrs.
-Bishop replied calmly, with but one thought
-in her mind, of course.</p>
-
-<p>“Poor little Egyptian!” sighed the gentleman.
-“He was born in Egypt, was he not,
-Miss Betty?”</p>
-
-<p>“At Port Said, yes, and Pietro in Tunis
-they say.”</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span></p>
-<p>“Well, be a good boy, Natale,” said Mrs.
-Bishop, patting his head, in its new cap.
-“Then you will be happy. In a few days,
-I shall send for you to come to see me, and
-we will drink tea in the garden. Good-by!
-<i>Addio!</i>”</p>
-
-<p>Natale touched his hat, as he had long
-ago been taught to do, and the pedestrians
-moved away, all but the gentleman who
-had called him a “little Egyptian.”</p>
-
-<p>He stood for a moment at Natale’s side,
-with his back turned to the house and his
-departing friends, and in a trice a handful
-of copper coins was transferred from his
-pocket to Natale’s hands. Mr. Grantly
-had just had a paper note changed into small
-coins, at the fruit shop, and he was glad to
-relieve his pocket of some of its weight.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope his guardians will let him keep
-the money,” was his thought as he turned
-away from Natale’s brilliant smile of thanks.
-The boy’s training had made him none too
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span>proud to accept the money of a stranger,
-and he lost no time in stowing it away in
-his jacket pocket, while Mr. Grantly hurried
-after the echoing steps of his party.</p>
-
-<p>Luigi at the window above had seen the
-money given to Natale, but he asked no
-questions of the boy, who, after kicking his
-heels against the wall for some time longer,
-was presently called to his supper.</p>
-
-<p>There was a flush on Natale’s cheeks and
-a brightness in his eyes which even Sora
-Grazia noticed, and as the evening was cool,
-she thought it wise to forbid his sitting
-out on the balcony or the wall, as was his
-wont, until bedtime. He looked feverish,
-she said, and in her own mind she planned
-a cup of hot camomile tea as a remedy at
-bedtime. Natale’s disappointment at this
-command to keep indoors showed so plainly
-upon his childish features that Sora Grazia
-was provoked, and for the first time since the
-boy had been with her she used harsh tones.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span></p>
-
-<p>“There! you may as well go to bed at
-once!” she cried, as he was leaving the
-kitchen, without a word it is true, but with
-the light all gone from his face. “I can
-never please you, whatever I do, and you
-are here only to waste food and sulk. Go
-to bed, Natale!”</p>
-
-<p>Luigi had gone off directly after eating his
-supper, about some matter of business with
-one of his superiors at the church, so he was
-not there to take Natale’s part.</p>
-
-<p>It is hard enough to be sent to bed on an
-ordinary night and at one’s regular time, as
-any child will agree, but to be forbidden the
-early hours of a moonlit evening outdoors,
-especially when one’s little head is teeming
-with wild, delicious ideas of flight&mdash;away
-from daily baths, from the cramping walls
-of a house, and out into the freshness and
-freedom of the night, which has no terror
-for the dwellers in tents, was well-nigh
-unbearable.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span></p>
-
-<p>Ah! how little Sora Grazia knew of the
-anguish she was causing!</p>
-
-<p>But Natale obediently stumbled slowly
-upstairs in the dark to the bedroom, and
-when there, crouched in his usual place on
-the floor behind the flower pots without an
-audible murmur.</p>
-
-<p>The little acrobat had made no plans at
-all, but with the touch of the money given
-him by the kind old gentleman on San Vito,
-an impulse to seek his freedom had occurred
-to his mind, and in the half-hour while he
-continued on the wall, furtively handling
-the coins in his pocket, he had wished,&mdash;only
-wished, however,&mdash;that he might
-have the courage to steal out into the moonlight,
-after eating, while Sora Grazia should
-be about her dish-washing, and Luigi poring
-over one of his little black books, perhaps, by
-the light of the candle in the kitchen. He
-had often thought of Olga’s words, “I would
-run after the wagon, if I were you,” but he
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span>had been too closely watched during the
-first day or two to admit of his carrying out
-so bold a plan, and since then, for the rest of
-the long, dreary week since the caravan had
-gone, he had not had the spirit to undertake
-such a measure. The whole world seemed
-to intervene between himself and the beloved
-company who had gone, and he felt
-sure that he would be seen by some mistaken
-person and brought back, even before he
-could reach the river, if he should attempt
-to follow.</p>
-
-<p>Until to-night no thought of leaving under
-the protection of the friendly darkness had
-come to him, and he had only been able to
-see himself flying down the sunny road in
-full view of all the village, to be promptly
-turned back again by some carriage driver
-of the place, or some schoolboy bigger than
-himself and therefore stronger. Besides,
-he had had no money, and Natale had
-traveled enough to know that a few cents
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</span>in one’s pocket make one’s road easier and
-less long. So the days had passed, and
-Natale was fast drifting into a state of listless
-torpor which must have ended in illness,
-had not Mr. Grantly changed a five-franc
-note at the fruit shop that sunny afternoon
-and taken a stroll along San Vito where
-Natale sat “sulking” on the wall!</p>
-
-<p>Presently, as the little child continued to
-gaze longingly out into the moonlight, a ray
-of further hope illumined his mind. As
-Luigi had gone to the church now, it would
-be late before he would return. Sora
-Grazia always sat dozing on her stool in the
-doorway until time for barring the door and
-going to bed. Why should he not slip past
-her and away into the shadows of the street,
-before Luigi should return? His heart
-leaped at the thought, and he rose noiselessly
-to his feet and glanced around the
-darkening room. His small cot stood
-smooth and white against the wall. Another<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</span>
-thought struck him, and he quailed
-with a sense of utter discouragement.
-When Luigi should come in,&mdash;and he
-might be very early, one never knew,&mdash;the
-runaway would be missed straightway from
-the empty little bed, and easily overtaken
-if he should have taken the regular road
-down the hill.</p>
-
-<p>It is true there were paths innumerable
-down the terraces from the back of almost
-any house in the street, most of them
-probably leading down to the river far
-below, but Natale had been no explorer of
-the neighborhood during his week of captivity,
-and was ignorant of the precipitate
-windings and the final ending of even the
-most practicable of these. No, he must go
-by the road, and he must wait until Luigi
-should return, and get to bed and to sleep.</p>
-
-<p>Natale knew that the priest slept soundly,
-for, one night he had had the misfortune to
-knock over upon the floor a pot containing
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</span>a carnation plant, and the crash had not
-awakened Luigi. The boy had waked and
-had gone to the window to peer out into the
-night, fancying that he heard the hoarse
-creaking of the caravan brake as the clumsy
-vehicle crawled down the hill, and in craning
-his head between the pots, his elbow had
-pushed over one of them. Fortunately,
-neither pot nor plant had broken, and he
-had spent a good deal of time in packing the
-loosened earth about the carnation’s roots
-and replacing the pot among its fellows.
-The next morning, Sora Grazia had bidden
-him be more careful about carrying mud
-upstairs on his shoes, only to be cleaned up
-by her afterward, and he supposed he must
-have left some of the earth upon the floor,
-in the dim light.</p>
-
-<p>At any rate, Luigi slept soundly, and if
-he, himself, could only manage to keep
-awake until all was safe, he knew that he
-would have no difficulty in unbarring the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span>door. He had accomplished it unaided
-only that morning, with Sora Grazia standing
-by and saying that it was the first thing
-of use he had set his hands to do since coming
-there to live. She had spoken good-naturedly
-though, and Natale had nothing
-against her. No, not even now did he
-remember her late harsh words, for he was
-too sweet-natured to harbor malice. He had
-only suffered, and now there was a prospect
-of escaping more suffering of the same kind.</p>
-
-<p>So after sitting on his bed with a wild
-turmoil of thoughts engaging his busy little
-brain, he began rapidly to undress. Luigi
-must not find him up! But, after taking
-off the strong new suit of clothes which
-Mrs. Bishop had had made for him, he
-rummaged under his mattress where his
-old things had been stored by Sora Grazia
-and quickly got into the worn trousers, the
-faded blouse and leggings, tucking the old
-shoes under his pillow. He had set the new
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span>shoes and stockings in orderly fashion on the
-floor and folded up the new clothes and laid
-them at the foot of the little cot. How
-fortunate that his old shoes had not been
-thrown away, for he could hardly have
-traveled barefoot over the flinty stones of
-the road and the river. Natale chose to
-wear the old easy shoes, for the new ones
-had always hurt him, and he would not have
-been able to steal unheard out of the house
-with those heavy, creaking soles tramping
-over the bricks. If he had known of the
-long way ahead of the old worn shoes, perhaps
-he would have planned to carry the
-despised footgear in his hands. But forethought
-had little place in the mind of so
-young a runaway, and he was guided in his
-change of clothes only by his own desires for
-comfort. The old clothes were as familiar as
-old friends, and therefore he preferred them.</p>
-
-<p>Then, after making his preparations, not
-forgetting to change the money from the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span>pocket of the new jacket to that of his old
-trousers, he laid himself down on the cot,
-and drew up the light covering snugly about
-his shoulders, devoutly hoping that he
-would not fall soundly asleep.</p>
-
-<p>If Natale had only known it, Sora Grazia,
-believing Natale safe for the night, had
-slipped off for a gossip with a friend living
-just back of the church, simply drawing the
-door to behind her and leaving the coast
-clear for flight. And it would not have been
-difficult for the boy to leave a semblance of
-himself tucked under the bed covering, in
-the shape of the roll of discarded clothes and
-shoes! But little Natale was not possessed
-of a very designing brain, and after all, Luigi
-<i>might</i> have come in untimely, and spoiled
-it all!</p>
-
-<p>In a few moments, the would-be runaway
-was fast asleep, while the moon sailed across
-the valley from the eastern toward the
-western sky.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX<br />
-<span class="smaller">THE FLIGHT OF THE BIRD</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">W</span>hen</span> Natale next opened his
-eyes he became very wide
-awake indeed, in an instant.
-In fact, he did not know that he had been
-asleep at all, until the moonlight, slanting
-in, showed Luigi’s long body stretched upon
-the iron bed close by.</p>
-
-<p>What could have waked Natale? For a
-moment he lay still without recollection of
-the momentous plans made at his early bedtime.
-Then he recalled a sensation of icy
-cold water about his feet, and he remembered
-that he had dreamed of a sudden
-plunge into the river while trying to find the
-stepping-stones. It must have been the
-chill of the dream-water that had awakened
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span>him! He sat up and found that he was
-still dressed and in his old clothes.</p>
-
-<p>Ah! it was easy to remember all now,
-and after a breathless glance over his
-shoulder at Luigi, who was comfortably
-snoring, Natale slipped out of bed. Catching
-up his old hat and his shoes he stole
-softly over the brick floor and down the
-stone stairs as quietly as any mouse would
-have done.</p>
-
-<p>Sora Grazia slept downstairs, but the
-door of her room was mercifully closed, and
-Natale knew that she often locked it at
-night. He turned his back upon it, therefore,
-with confidence, as he felt in the darkness
-for the balcony door. He exerted all
-his strength to raise the heavy bar of iron
-which guarded the door. Then he was very
-careful to keep his hold on the bar, as it
-swung downward, lest it should rouse the
-house with its usual clanging fall. The huge
-key was in the lock, and Natale succeeded
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span>in turning it with both hands, although this
-was much more difficult than raising the bar
-above the lock. It creaked dully as it
-turned, and Natale’s heart leaped into his
-throat, and a dozen noises buzzed in his
-ears.</p>
-
-<p>Breathless, he stood with his hand on the
-latch, afraid to move lest the door behind
-him should open, and everything come to an
-end. But nothing happened, so he swung
-open the door, and without stopping to
-close it behind him, he again caught up his
-shoes, which he had had to set down, and
-ran along the balcony and out into the
-street, his feet pattering softly on the
-stones.</p>
-
-<p>In his haste he did not stop to think of the
-direction he should take. His only impulse
-was to get out into the night somewhere,
-away from the houses and street.
-So he ran swiftly along in the shadow cast
-by wall and house, in just the opposite
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span>direction from that which would have led
-him past the church tower and through the
-village, out upon the downward road.
-Presently he crouched in a shadow to draw
-on his shoes, then fled onward again.</p>
-
-<p>Once away, he lost his bearings utterly and
-hurried on without turning, past the small
-house with the Madonna painted on the
-wall, past the large house where the white
-tablet to “Pietro Pacioni” gleamed in the
-moonlight, and then downward, by a
-roughly paved path leading to the Campo
-Santo. Perhaps he would have kept on
-aimlessly along San Vito,&mdash;the fashionable
-promenade leading always higher along the
-mountain side till it ended in an open
-plateau high up above the valley,&mdash;if he
-had not heard steps approaching. Whether
-these steps came from behind or from ahead
-he did not stop to discover. The downward
-path offered safety, and a small pink villa
-threw a dark shadow across its entrance, so
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span>Natale lost not an instant in scudding down
-the friendly by-way.</p>
-
-<p>On he trotted, past the shrine where the
-tiny Della Robbia Madonna sits under her
-arch, the moonlight touching the shining
-blue of her hood, the yellow of her robe and
-the pink of the baby on her knees with a
-radiance that was almost startling on the
-edge of the shadow. Now the path grew
-level, and the stones were left behind, and
-no more noise of footsteps disturbed the
-quiet.</p>
-
-<p>A few rods more, and Natale stood in
-front of the small mortuary chapel outside
-the cemetery. The iron gates set in the
-wall of the cemetery were locked, as Natale
-found on gently shaking them. He had
-paused to peep through the slender grating
-into the inclosure where the moonlight
-touched the white tomb of the foreign
-gentleman buried close under the wall, and
-showed so plainly the numbers on the low
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span>stakes marking the graves of the nameless
-poor. The shadows of the cypress trees lay
-like long black fingers outstretched upon the
-wilds of weedy undergrowth, and the wind
-stirred dismally on the exposed hillside.</p>
-
-<p>One day, Natale and Olga had wandered
-together as far as these iron gates. He
-remembered it now, and with the recollection
-he sprang away, eager to continue his
-journey,&mdash;then stood still, uncertain as to
-his path.</p>
-
-<p>The way which had brought him downward
-came to an abrupt end with the little
-chapel, outside the gates. It would not do
-to lose himself among the chestnut woods in
-search of a path! Yet, how could he plunge
-down the pathless slopes among the great
-trees, with nothing to guide him but the
-murmur of the river far below? Still less
-was he willing to return to the road above
-and turn about to take his way through the
-village and so on out upon the road. He
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span>was almost sure that if he could only see to
-find his way, some downward path from
-where he stood would bring him to a river
-crossing, perhaps a long, long way below the
-arched bridge, and therefore much farther
-on his journey.</p>
-
-<p>Bewildered and tired, he was almost
-ready to give up his flight, and to creep into
-the dark portico of the little chapel, and
-back into the shade beneath the picture of
-the Saint with the skull in his hand, and
-there end this strange night, which already
-seemed to him longer than any night he had
-ever known. But he roused himself to one
-more effort, and crept around to the back
-wall of the chapel. There, to his joyful
-surprise, he came upon a semblance of a
-path!</p>
-
-<p>All indecision was gone now, and he fairly
-slid down the rocky and precipitous way,
-which was more gully than footway, being
-in fact a watercourse for the torrents leaping
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</span>down the mountain side, after some storm
-of rain, as well as a short cut to the river for
-roughly shod peasant feet.</p>
-
-<p>More than once Natale stumbled, and
-once he fell headlong, bruising his hands and
-knees, but he did not mind, for the rushing
-of the little river down among the rocks was
-becoming very loud in his ears.</p>
-
-<p>When at last he came out of the woods,
-and stood on the edge of the waste of
-rounded stones loosely paving the river bed,
-he looked back a moment to where the
-village must be, high above, a huddle of gray
-wall and roof, with the square church tower
-in its midst. All seemed as silent in the
-sleeping town as in the home of the sleeping
-dead on its outskirts. Then, just as Natale
-again turned his back upon the mountain
-side, where perched Cutigliano like a bit of
-gray lichen growing on some mossy bowlder,
-the beautiful, bright, friendly moon slipped
-quite over the mountain in the west, and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</span>darkness fell upon the valley, where deep
-down in its darkest shadow Natale was
-ready to cross the river. The light of the
-moon still touched the chestnut woods
-higher up the slopes, but every moment the
-shadow would be creeping higher and
-higher, until there would be no more moonlight
-on this side the mountain, and only the
-stars would come peeping out at Natale.</p>
-
-<p>After slipping off his shoes and leggings,
-the boy began picking his way carefully over
-the large dry stones which were worn
-smooth and round by slow wasting in the
-wet seasons, when the river flooded its
-narrow course and spread to the grassy
-banks. The stones rolled under even his
-light footsteps, but Natale kept his balance
-in crossing the smaller stones, and clambered
-patiently over or around the largest ones,
-and presently arrived at the edge of the
-black, rushing water. The brawling Lima
-makes a great ado hereabouts, as it tumbles
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span>over the rocks, for its bed slopes decidedly
-all the way to Lucca and beyond, and there
-is no opportunity for it to moderate its
-pace, or calm its chafings against the rocks.</p>
-
-<p>With the first touch of the icy water upon
-his bared feet, Natale recalled his dream.
-How long ago it had been since he had lain
-safely in his bed under the slanting roof of
-Luigi’s house! Again and again he tried
-to plant his foot firmly in the midst of the
-swirling water, which was perhaps as much
-as twenty feet wide at that point, but
-always it was deeper and colder than he had
-expected, and the stones more slippery and
-unsteady. Then he began wandering up and
-down the bank, in quest of the stepping-stones,
-which here and there certainly
-crossed the river both above and below the
-arched bridge. Unsuccessful in this, Natale
-finally exerted himself to make a reckless
-dash into the current, where he found himself
-the next instant up to his waist in the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span>black water and clinging desperately by
-one free hand to a wet rock, with the instinct
-of preserving himself from being
-carried off his feet. Then miserably he felt
-his way back to the dry rocks on the edge
-of the stream, and dropping down upon
-their harsh bosom, he began to cry bitterly.</p>
-
-<p>He had so hoped there would be a crossing
-place! If he could only find it! His
-feet were sore with bruises now, and he felt
-as if he could not walk another step. He
-grew cold as he crouched there, sobbing with
-disappointment, for though the sun shines
-hot during the daytime on the chestnut
-trees and the vines of the Apennines, the
-nights, even of summer, are cool, and now
-a chill wind came sweeping down the valley
-from the fir-crowned summits of Abetone.</p>
-
-<p>Presently the little wanderer roused himself
-and stood on his feet. Nothing could
-tempt him to try to find his way back to the
-house of the priest, not even aching feet or
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span>shivering limbs, but he began to think there
-might be a more sheltered place near by&mdash;this
-little boy of the road, who had taken
-many a noontide nap curled up at the foot of
-some wayside tree. Perhaps the earliest light
-of dawn would show him the stepping-stones
-and the road, of which there was no hint
-now in the blackness of darkness across the
-river. Painfully he crept back toward the
-bank, where presently he curled himself into
-a knot at the foot of a huge, distorted old
-chestnut tree, a short distance up the slope.
-The grass was soft and springy about the
-roots of the old tree, and a huge boulder near
-by shut off the wind from Natale’s shivering
-legs. So, with a sigh of content, and for
-the first time tasting the sweets of his new
-freedom, the little acrobat closed his eyes
-upon the stars winking down at him from
-above the stirring leaves, and fell asleep for
-the second time that night.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X<br />
-<span class="no-indent">ON THE WING</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">L</span>ong</span> before Natale waked, the day had
-dawned, but the sun had not long
-looked down into the valley before
-he turned stiffly on his grassy couch and
-rubbed his eyes. Then, however, he lost not
-an instant in taking up his journey where it
-had left off the night before.</p>
-
-<p>How easy it was in the light of the sunbeams
-of the early morning to spring over
-the dry stones of the bank, and with a swift
-glance up and down select a safe place to
-cross the water which had seemed so dangerous
-and cruel in the dark.</p>
-
-<p>The daylight changed everything, of
-course, and it was but a few moments after
-waking before he was across the stream and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span>scrambling up to the low wall bounding the
-road on the river side. From the inner
-edge of the road the mountains rose precipitately.</p>
-
-<p>As Natale clambered over the wall the
-church bells of Cutigliano burst into a
-wrangle of sound, which must have echoed
-from one end of the village to the other.
-Though the distance softened the metallic
-tones, the little boy was startled by them
-into a scamper away down the sunlit road
-as if the mischievous village boys whose
-office it was to ring the bells were in headlong
-chase after him. The day must have
-been the <i>festa</i> of some saint, and for a long
-time Natale heard the bells’ voices, sweetened
-more and more as his bare feet trudged
-onward and the distance fell between him
-and them. But he soon gave up his running
-because his legs were stiff and his feet sore,
-and as yet no one appeared coming along
-the road behind him, in pursuit.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span></p>
-
-<p>There had been no doubt in his own mind
-of the direction he should take after once
-gaining the road. He knew that Giovanni
-and Antonio with the house-wagon had been
-bound for the Bagni di Lucca, and also he
-knew that the road to the Bagni led downward
-with the stream, and not up toward
-the cold region of Abetone, the “Great Fir
-Tree.”</p>
-
-<p>So all he had to do was to follow the road,
-broad and white, by the way they had come
-three weeks before, without need, even, of
-asking his way of the peasants he should
-meet. He had turned the shoulder of a great
-green mountain-spur which entirely shut
-off the view of Cutigliano before he would
-stop for an instant in his lame tramping.
-Once assured that the town was out of sight
-behind him, he sat down breathlessly on
-one of the heaps of loose stones such as flank
-every mountain road in Italy. Then he
-deliberately took each foot in turn in his
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span>small hands and gravely and pitifully
-examined its bruises. There was nothing
-to be done, then, but plant them in the road
-again and continue his way.</p>
-
-<p>For an hour or more he trudged painfully
-on, but the stiffness in his legs left him after
-a while, and he began to be only hungry.
-He wished he had thought of hiding in his
-pocket, the night before, a crust of the dark,
-coarse bread he loved, and which had always
-been plentiful at Sora Grazia’s. But
-the coppers jingled comfortably there instead,
-and Natale contented himself to
-wait for breakfast till he should pass some
-bread shop along the road.</p>
-
-<p>The morning air was sweet with the freshness
-of early day, and the delicious odor of
-the wild thyme’s tiny blossoms. Tall harebells
-nodded to him from the thyme and
-heather bank shoulder-high above the road,
-and sparkled with the sunshine and dew
-upon their purple flowerets. The river,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span>which in the darkness had seemed to mock
-him with its roaring, now only murmured
-softly as it slipped over the stones in the
-sunlight.</p>
-
-<p>By and by, Natale began to meet people
-in the road, men with donkeys bearing huge
-basketfuls of wet grass and wild flowers
-shorn from the steep terraces above for the
-cow or donkey at home, and women tramping
-in their thick-soled shoes to Cutigliano
-with baskets of fresh fruit or eggs or cheeses
-for the summer hotels balanced on their
-heads. From all of these Natale kept his face
-steadily averted, lest they should bear back
-to the town tidings of his going. Usually,
-after passing a group of these wayfarers, the
-boy broke into a quick run in order to
-lengthen the distance between them and
-himself, but these spurts of speed availed
-him little, for he had always to stop and rest
-afterward, and so lost many more minutes
-than he had gained of the golden day.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span></p>
-
-<p>The road had already become a curving
-white glare before Natale came in sight of a
-long stone house having many windows and
-doors, and standing on the inner edge of the
-road. He came upon it suddenly, on turning
-a sharp curve, and then he saw that
-another house faced it on the opposite side
-of the road, and that an inviting shade lay
-between. The back of one of the houses
-looked directly upon the steep slope of the
-mountain behind, while the rear wall of its
-opposite neighbor had its foundation in the
-rocky banks of the tumbling river. In the
-shade between, barefoot peasant children
-played noisily. Near by, a stream of spring
-water, clear and cold, trickled from a
-wooden trough into a rough stone basin.</p>
-
-<p>And here at last were rest and food and
-drink for the runaway,&mdash;only no one must
-learn that he was a runaway!</p>
-
-<p>A fat and black-eyed housewife with arms
-akimbo stood in one of the doors, and as
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span>Natale came up to her on limping feet, she
-eyed him with interest from the stone of the
-doorstep.</p>
-
-<p>“Will you give me a little piece of bread,
-signora? See, I have money,” said Natale,
-showing her a handful of Mr. Grantly’s
-copper coins in his open palm.</p>
-
-<p>“A bit of bread you shall have, to be sure,
-and your <i>soldi</i> you shall keep, little one,”
-the good-natured creature promptly answered,
-and while the children left their
-play and gathered about Natale, with
-friendly eyes, their mother disappeared into
-the very small and dusky shop behind.</p>
-
-<p>“There, sit down and eat,” she said,
-returning with a hunk of bread and a
-generous lump of cheese on a coarse plate
-in her hand.</p>
-
-<p>As Natale received the plate and moved
-rather lamely toward the dripping fountain
-in the shade, the children ran ahead, and
-one filled a rusty tin cup with the cold
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span>water and had it ready for Natale by the
-time he reached the mossy brink of the
-fountain.</p>
-
-<p>These little ones of the road, wild and rude
-enough in their play, were well used to offering
-the “cup of cold water” to the passing
-wayfarer, and Natale’s thirsty throat gulped
-the draught gratefully.</p>
-
-<p>There was something about the child
-which arrested the attention of the woman
-more than the ordinary passer-by often did,
-and she also stood watching Natale breakfast
-hungrily.</p>
-
-<p>He was shy and downcast, fearing difficult
-questions, and as soon as the last
-crumb of bread and cheese had disappeared
-he got to his feet, setting the empty plate
-on the margin of the fountain.</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, signora, and good-by,” he
-said, and was off.</p>
-
-<p>“No, but wait!” she cried, laying her
-hand on his shrinking shoulder. “You
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span>have eaten my bread; now answer my
-questions. What is your name, <i>picino</i>,<a id="FNanchor_7" href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a>
-and where are you going?”</p>
-
-<p>“Down the road,” was the shyly spoken
-answer to the last question, with a quiet
-waiving of the first. “Please let me go,
-signora. It is already late, and I must
-hasten.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, go!” she exclaimed then, “and a
-good journey to you!” But she stood
-watching him trudge briskly away from her
-until another curve in the zigzag road hid
-him from her sight.</p>
-
-<p>“Some stranger’s child!” she muttered to
-herself, going back to the doorstep. “I
-have never seen him pass here before, and
-few there be who pass by without the
-knowledge of Chiara. Well, I am glad he
-has his <i>soldi</i> safe in his pocket. May the
-saints protect and feed my own children
-when they go a-wandering! You, Beppo!
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</span>keep your head out of the dust of the
-road!”</p>
-
-<p>“Mamá, mamá, Beppino is making <i>capitomboli</i>,
-such as the boy who was here just now
-made in the circus at Cutigliano, on the day
-we went with our father to the big tent! Do
-you not remember?” cried an admiring small
-sister of Beppo. “See, our Beppo does them
-even better than the other boy, mamá!”</p>
-
-<p>The woman gave a little start of recollection,
-and then dismissed the idea which
-had occurred to her, as impossible&mdash;fortunately,
-perhaps, for Natale.</p>
-
-<p class="p2b">“Silly girl! The circus people went down
-the road a week ago to the Bagni, do <i>you</i> not
-remember? How should the boy be seven
-days behind? No more <i>capitomboli</i>, I say,
-Beppo <i>mio</i>, in all this dust!”</p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
-<a id="illo3"><img src="images/i_142.jpg" width="350" alt="“Capitomboli, such as the boy who was here just now made in the
-circus at Cutigliano.”"
-title="" /></a></div></div>
-
-<p class="caption">“Capitomboli, such as the boy who was here just now made in the
-circus at Cutigliano.”<br />
-<span class="center"><i>Page <a href="#Page_142">142.</a></i></span></p>
-
-<p class="p2">In a carriage, with two good horses and a
-fine cracking whip behind them, one may
-drive from Cutigliano down to the Baths of
-Lucca in the first half of a summer’s day.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</span>On two tired slim little legs, one would need
-much more time to accomplish the journey.
-Also when one has been for six days imprisoned
-within stone walls, one does not
-hurry&mdash;if fairly out of danger&mdash;along
-beauteous and fresh-smelling paths of freedom.</p>
-
-<p>Every hour or so after leaving the woman
-and children at the fountain, Natale stopped
-for a rest along the way. Sometimes he sat
-down on a heap of mending stones by the
-wayside, in company with some stone-breaker
-hammering away in the shade of
-his sun screen, a rude lattice of chestnut
-boughs propped behind the heap of stones.</p>
-
-<p>The monotonous clink of the hammer
-breaking the sharp-edged stones was usually
-stayed as the lonely worker turned to chat
-with the large-eyed child hovering near.
-Only once or twice was Natale’s cheerful
-“<i>Buon’ giorno!</i>”<a id="FNanchor_8" href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> returned by an unwelcoming<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span>
-growl or by sour silence. In such cases,
-the dawdling feet made all haste to pass and
-seek a resting-place in the shade of some
-breeze-rustled chestnut tree quite out of
-sight of the cross stone-breaker.</p>
-
-<p>The second night was passed as the first
-had been, out of doors, after a supper of hot
-rice paid for at an <i>osteria</i>,<a id="FNanchor_9" href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> a short way
-back along the road. Natale might have
-slept, as well, at the little inn, but he was
-too unused to roofs to dream of proposing
-it, and the absent-minded old landlord had
-not seemed to be thinking of anything but
-puffing away at his pipe, as Natale slipped
-past him and out of the dingy passage-way,
-after paying for his food.</p>
-
-<p>A long-bodied two-wheeled cart stood
-outside the inn door, its shafts’ ends resting
-on the ground, its rear high in air, and
-Natale, with an instinct for sleeping above
-wheels, had decided to return to the cart
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span>for a night’s lodging place when the world
-should be dark again. But sleep overtook
-him as he lay waiting at the foot
-of a tree to which he had scrambled from
-the road below, and when he roused,
-dawn was staining the pale sky with
-rose color.</p>
-
-<p>The next day promised to pass as the
-first had done,&mdash;with slipping shyly past
-occasional houses of entertainment along
-the way, with lingerings to stare into the
-mysterious depths of some noisy mill in
-league with the tumbling river, and with
-long, monotonous trampings, between times,
-along the smooth road, bordered always by
-the mountains and the river. As the road
-neared the valley, it crossed dashing streams
-hurrying to join their waters to the broader
-water of the river, and so solid was the stone
-masonry of the arches that one would never
-have known that he was crossing a bridge
-but for the sparkle and the laughter of the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span>foaming water as it dashed under the road
-and out again.</p>
-
-<p>Many times Natale, himself a small dark
-speck on the endless white road, looked up
-the long mountain slopes, green in the sunlight,
-purple in the shadow, and glimpsed
-high above him on the giddy heights the
-climbing roofs of some hoary old mountain
-town, away out of hearing of the busy
-river, out of reach of traveling circus wagons,
-and which,</p>
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">“Like an eagle’s nest hangs on the crest</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Of purple Apennine.”</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p>It was past noon of the second day when
-Natale entered a village on a level with the
-highway. Here the road suddenly changed
-into a stone-paved street, running between
-high houses and echoing with the tramp of
-wooden-soled shoes and the patter of donkeys’
-hoofs.</p>
-
-<p>He stopped at the door of a sour-smelling
-wine shop where sat a man on a stool outside<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span>
-the door. To him the little boy put
-his question as to whether this town might
-perhaps be very near to the Bagni di Lucca.
-This man wore a red fez on his bushy, black
-head, and down his long, black beard trickled
-drops from the wine cup at his lips. The
-fellow did not stop his drinking long enough
-to reply in so many words to the question,
-but a decided shaking of his head and the
-pointing of a long, dirty finger onward sufficiently
-enlightened Natale, and he kept
-slowly on his way.</p>
-
-<p>In passing a small baker’s shop, he
-stopped and bought a great ring of sweetish
-bread, and then slipping his arm through
-this, he went more cheerily onward. There
-were still many <i>soldi</i> left in his pocket, and
-surely this beautiful ring of bread would last
-until the Bagni di Lucca should come in
-sight, with, of course, the dear yellow tent
-set in its midst!</p>
-
-<p>One of the last houses he passed as he left
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span>the town was entered through a garden by
-a huge wooden door opening upon the
-cobblestones of the street. This door
-stood ajar, and Natale stayed his steps for
-a moment to gaze through the aperture
-down a charming vista of trellised vines
-supported on crumbling white columns of
-masonry. Green and gold lights played
-over the rough paving-stones of the cloister-like
-colonnade through the latticework
-above. Halfway down this corridor, two
-or three girls romped and sang together,
-their scarlet kerchiefs and the rich blues of
-their skirts making dashes of vivid color in
-the shade where they lounged. Pale jewels
-of grapes, already growing pink and amethystine,
-crowded the vines with promise of
-luscious sweetness when their full time
-should come.</p>
-
-<p>The girls peered back at the travel-worn
-lad peering in at them, but when the largest
-of them called mockingly to him, “Enter,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span>signore!” Natale ran away down the street
-and again out upon the road. The girls
-had made him think of Arduina and Olga
-and little Maria, and away down at the end
-of the corridor he had caught a glimpse of
-a gray-haired woman sitting on a flight of
-broken stone steps, with an infant on her
-lap. His heart swelled with homesickness.
-If only he might see Nonna once again!
-How long was the monotonous road to
-Bagni di Lucca!</p>
-
-<p>The day, however, was not to close without
-an exciting and important event.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI<br />
-<span class="smaller">FLUTTERING A LITTLE FARTHER</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">N</span>atale</span> sat down in his leisurely
-fashion on the low wall bounding
-the road just beyond the town and
-began daintily nibbling around the crisp,
-sugared edges of his bread ring. It was
-mid-afternoon, and while his jaws worked
-steadily, his wide bright eyes watched with
-interest two bicyclists toiling up the hill and
-trundling their wheels alongside. As they
-passed him by without a glance, their faces
-red and perspiring, and their shoes whitened
-with the light dust, the boy’s eyes still followed
-them and lighted upon a queer figure
-coming from the town he had just quitted.
-It was the red-capped, swarthy-faced man
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span>of the wine-shop door, and now his shoulders
-were bent under a pack slung on his back,
-and his legs were bowed as he limped along,
-and he wore an old overcoat much too long,
-which had seen better days upon another’s
-shoulders.</p>
-
-<p>The wheelmen paid no attention to this
-fellow, as he stopped on meeting them and
-perhaps offered them a sight of his wares
-hidden in the pack, so the peddler presently
-came up with Natale, grumbling sourly.</p>
-
-<p>“These foreigners without manners!” he
-growled, planting himself in front of the
-little boy’s swinging legs. “Ah! you are
-the boy who goes to the Bagni. Come, I
-also go thither. We shall be companions
-merry enough!”</p>
-
-<p>Natale had no fancy for joining company
-with this man who frowned with his black
-brows and grinned, in turn, with big white
-teeth gleaming in his hairy face, but neither
-had he the courage to demur. Therefore,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span>he slipped down unwillingly from his perch
-and trotted along at the peddler’s side.</p>
-
-<p>Fortunately, the man asked no questions
-and spoke little, and before evening, his
-steady tramp had led Natale over more
-miles than the whole previous day had
-carried him. Little cared this strange,
-silent fellow for leaning over walls to gaze
-at the foaming water singing over the rocks,
-or for idly resting on a bridge to watch the
-white cloud-ships crossing the azure sea
-overhead, as the white sails of the orange
-boats ply the blue waves between Sicily
-and the Italian coast, and to dream of
-future glory as an acrobat of renown!</p>
-
-<p>The sun had again sunk behind the
-rounded summits in the west, when the
-peddler at last stood still and grinned down
-upon the panting child.</p>
-
-<p>“One easily sees that you are no traveler,”
-he said in his hoarse, unpleasant voice.
-“Now we will sit down here by the roadside
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span>and make our beds for the night. Did you
-mention supper? The bracelet you wear
-on your arm will suffice for us both, if we
-divide it according to the size of our
-stomachs. <i>Ecco!</i>” And Natale’s precious
-ring of sweetened bread was rudely snatched
-from his arm.</p>
-
-<p>Naturally, Natale was most indignant at
-being treated in this manner by so perfect
-a stranger, and he did not hesitate to remonstrate.</p>
-
-<p>“But the bread is mine, signore! I
-bought it with my own <i>soldi</i> in the town,”
-he cried, clutching at the beautiful ring of
-bread, already being broken in two by the
-peddler’s dirty fingers.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Soldi!</i>” echoed the man; “and where
-are your precious <i>soldi</i>?”</p>
-
-<p>“At the shop where I bought the bread,
-of course,” was the shrewd reply, and not
-a coin remaining in Natale’s pocket jostled
-against its neighbor now. They kept as
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</span>quiet as if they knew that long, eager fingers
-were ready to pounce upon them.</p>
-
-<p>Then a change came over the peddler’s
-manner, and he showed his unpleasant-looking
-teeth in a broad smile. Perhaps
-he was planning a look into those little
-pockets by and by, who knows?</p>
-
-<p>“What a clever boy you are!” he cried.
-“Well, as you are also such a hungry little
-beast, take back your bread, and for a
-relish I shall give you a smell of my own
-supper. See!”</p>
-
-<p>So speaking, he drew a roll of sausage
-from a pocket of his long coat. The sausage
-was wrapped in a soiled handkerchief, and
-there was a hunk of black bread with it.
-A knife with a curious curved handle and
-long, shining blade was next produced, and
-the peddler went to work, alternately whacking
-off bits of the highly seasoned meat
-and the hard bread, and devouring them
-with crunching teeth and smacking lips.</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</span></p>
-<p>Natale gnawed industriously at his own
-bread without even thinking of offering to
-barter a portion of it for a taste of the savory
-sausage. There was a kind of fascination
-in watching the ugly fellow eat, and the
-wondering brown eyes were fixed upon the
-peddler’s surly face.</p>
-
-<p>It was now the close of a warm afternoon.
-A light haze wrapped the more distant
-mountains in misty blue, a chirring of
-insects stirred the silence about the travelers,
-and now and then a carriage or cart whisked
-downward, or toiled upward, along the road,
-accompanied by the jingle of harness bells
-and the whooping cries of the drivers. A
-fog of white dust rose behind every passing
-vehicle, and the chestnut leaves overhead,
-long unwashed by rain, hung grimy and
-listless in the heavy air.</p>
-
-<p>As the peddler supped, large drops of
-sweat gathered on his long, red nose and
-dripped down his black beard, while his
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</span>face grew flushed and more scowling than
-ever. Presently, with an angry movement
-which startled Natale half out of his wits,
-he dropped the sausage and knife to the
-ground and tore off his coat.</p>
-
-<p>“Poor men have no choice!” he muttered.
-“Bare shoulders in winter, the cast-off
-winter coat of an Englishman in summer!”</p>
-
-<p>The soiled and tattered old coat was
-tossed aside, falling uncomfortably close to
-Natale’s feet, but he did not dare to push it
-away with disdainful touch. The peddler’s
-meal now came to an end, the remains of the
-sausage were gathered up with the cruel-looking
-knife and laid aside with the handkerchief,
-after which the peddler, with a
-satisfied grunt, sprawled himself on his
-side&mdash;to sleep, as Natale devoutly hoped.</p>
-
-<p>But not quite yet was the man ready for
-sleep. Reaching for his pack, with a lazy
-movement from where he lay, he unstrapped
-it and drew from among the coarse
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</span>laces and horn buttons inside a flat bottle,
-which he uncorked and turned up to his
-lips. As the liquor gurgled down his throat
-and its strong odor tainted the air, Natale
-let his eyes fall to the uncomely garment
-lying within touch of his fingers.</p>
-
-<p>Then the boy’s heart leaped into his
-throat, and it seemed as if he would suffocate
-where he sat. He dared not move, and
-bravely he looked away from the thing
-which lay within such easy reach of his longing
-hands, half-in, half-out of the fellow’s
-old coat pocket.</p>
-
-<p>If only the peddling thief would go off
-into a drunken sleep!</p>
-
-<p>For there, close by, lay Giovanni’s old
-pocketbook of stamped Spanish leather,
-stained and battered, as Natale had always
-known it!</p>
-
-<p>Who could tell whether any money still
-remained in it? There was nothing to do
-but wait till the man should go to sleep, and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</span>then, stealthily drawing the pocketbook
-away from the overcoat, speed down the
-road to a safe distance and find out all
-about it.</p>
-
-<p>He had not long to wait before the peddler
-returned the bottle to the pack, and then,
-disposing himself on the ground, sank into
-an open-mouthed slumber.</p>
-
-<p>Only when quite sure that the sleep was
-real did Natale steal away on noiseless feet,
-prize in hand, across the shallow ditch bordering
-the road, and onward to the shelter
-of a ruined shed quite out of sight of their
-resting-place. Putting the shed between
-him and the road, Natale unstrapped the
-pocketbook with trembling eagerness.</p>
-
-<p>There lay the notes into which Giovanni
-had from time to time changed the cumbersome
-copper soldi of their earnings! There
-were the dingy blue five-franc notes, with
-many one and two-franc notes of a most
-uncompromising dirt color!</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</span></p>
-
-<p>The boy dared not take time to count
-them all. The fierce ogre asleep under the
-tree might rouse at any moment and find the
-pocketbook gone. Away, away, he must
-fly, on and on toward the Bagni di Lucca,
-even though evening was at hand, and a
-gray blanket of cloud threatened to hide
-the coming stars. So the little feet twinkled
-away through the dust, Natale’s heart now
-heavy with the dread of what was behind,
-now light with the joy of what might be
-ahead. As the warm dusk fell, it seemed
-safe to walk again, although every sound
-from behind made Natale’s heart seem to
-leap into his throat. Indeed, it seemed
-pretty much to stay in his throat, until, by
-and by, he came upon some one who was
-to give him most welcome news.</p>
-
-<p>He had traveled half a mile farther, and
-still it was not yet dark when he sighted a
-cluster of houses ahead and heard cheerful
-human voices. Coming up to the first
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</span>house, he found a pretty, plump young
-mother on her doorstep, cuddling a nursling
-on her breast. From across the road and
-about the house came busy sounds of sheep
-and cows being housed for the night in their
-thatched pens, and nobody seemed at
-leisure except the laughing woman with the
-crowing baby in her arms.</p>
-
-<p>On plying the woman with his usual
-question, Natale learned that the end of
-his pilgrimage was indeed “just down the
-road a little distance”, although, on such
-short legs as his, the woman added thoughtfully,
-it might take two hours more of brisk
-walking to reach even the big circus tent,
-standing on the outskirts of the Bagni all
-the past week.</p>
-
-<p>Ah! and was the circus still there?</p>
-
-<p>Of that the woman could not speak
-certainly, as some passer-by had mentioned
-only the day before that but one or two
-more performances were to be given before
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</span>the <i>circo</i> moved on to Lucca. She herself
-had wished to go to see the wonderful
-Antonio Bisbini, also the little Olga who
-had no more fear of a great horse’s hoofs
-than she herself of her baby’s brown toes.
-But how was a woman to leave her house
-and the tired men folks, to tramp down
-the hill and up again at night, with a
-heavy baby in her arms? Was the little
-boy hoping to reach the tent in time for the
-night’s exhibition?</p>
-
-<p>Natale’s heart had thrilled at the mention
-of Antonio’s magic name, and his spine
-straightened and his head was lifted with
-the pride of conscious relationship with the
-hero of the circus. He gave but a thought
-now to Olga’s usurpation of his place in the
-ring. For was he not returning to his own
-again, with the stolen pocketbook in the
-breast of his blouse? What a welcome
-there would be for him now!</p>
-
-<p>“Well, good night, <i>bimbo</i>, if you will go,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</span>and may you enjoy seeing the riding in the
-tent!” the woman called to him, looking
-wistfully after the little figure plodding
-away, after a polite return of her farewell.</p>
-
-<p>Natale’s heart was carefree now, as he
-limped lamely onward to the tune of the
-“Dead March,” humming the air as he
-went.</p>
-
-<p>The road had been growing more level
-for some hours as it entered the valley, and
-the river flowed more still and deep. The
-hush of night gathered under the trees, and
-the birds and insects went to rest or noiselessly
-crept from their haunts about vine
-and root, intent upon the business of the
-hour.</p>
-
-<p>As signs of the famous Baths of Lucca
-began to appear at certain curves in the
-road, Natale became possessed of but
-one idea. Down the river he began to see
-the lights of the town, and he even thought
-he heard the notes of band music, which,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</span>in truth, were wafted to his ears from the
-terrace of the Casino. His head was full
-of plans of stealing into the tent, and for at
-least this last night at Bagni di Lucca, playing
-his own part in the dying-horse act.
-He would not take precious moments now
-for practicing a somersault or wheel, as he
-went along, but it was easy to rehearse the
-dialogue over the dying brute&mdash;if only his
-tired, tired legs could keep the road, and his
-aching eyes find the old yellow tent set up
-somewhere among the trees.</p>
-
-<p>Presently, the gleaming eyes of bicycles
-began to whiz by, and a squarely built,
-many-windowed villa or two rose flush with
-the road. A little farther now, and the tent
-would surely appear, with perhaps Cara in
-her red dress at the doorway, and the band
-playing outside in the light of the big lamp!</p>
-
-<p>Laughing stragglers now sauntered here
-and there, none noticing the child making
-his dizzy way among them toward a flare
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</span>of light on one side where the trees fell
-apart. One would have hardly believed it
-possible that there was room for even the
-tent of the Circo Equestre of Antonio
-Bisbini and Giovanni Marzuchetti in the
-space between the long storehouse of corn
-and the terraced hillside behind. Yet, not
-only was the tent there, spread to its full
-circle and height, but the brown wagon also
-was visible, drawn within its shadow, and
-now the staring brown eyes of the little
-wanderer had found them both.</p>
-
-<p>Yes, there was the dear old tent, with its
-white patches upon the dull yellow, showing
-against the vine-clad hillsides of the Bagni.
-Also, there was the smoky lamp fastened to
-a post, where two ways met and parted.
-There was the usual crowd gathered outside
-about the entrance where Cara in her
-red dress and gauzy veil watched over the
-money bowl, in wait for some possible late-arriving
-spectator. The big reflecting lantern<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</span>
-on the table showed the wistful features
-of the outsiders as they crowded about the
-tent.</p>
-
-<p>As Natale crept around the tent, he saw
-the bare, brown legs of some trespassing
-youngster following squirming head and
-shoulders inside, under the curtain by way
-of the ground. In former times, the little
-acrobat would have been the first to raise
-an alarm and assist with alacrity in the
-ignominious expulsion of the intruder who
-wanted to see the show, and yet keep his
-<i>soldi</i> in his pocket, if such were there. But
-the sight of the enterprising offender made
-little impression on Natale’s mind now, as
-he stepped past the struggling legs, for, the
-hour being much later than he thought, the
-band inside just then struck up the familiar
-schottisch, and Natale knew that Il Duca
-was even now treading the ring in a dignified
-dance, led by Giovanni himself. His heart
-gave a suffocating throb, and his cheeks
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</span>burned. Then he shivered with cold, and
-his weary legs faltered before the daring
-deed about to be perpetrated.</p>
-
-<p>There was plenty of time, even yet, and
-he would do it even if Giovanni should strike
-him to the ground with his cracking whip,
-which had never yet, however, been raised
-against him with more than threatening
-intent.</p>
-
-<p>He stopped to listen a moment longer
-to the music before entering. Yes, there it
-was, the schottisch, accompanied by the
-beat of the clever hoofs. Then, as he
-knew the moment was at hand for Il Duca
-to drop dying in the ring, Natale crept
-swiftly in among the players gathered as
-usual in the small tent behind. Olga was
-there and Arduina, in their fanciful costumes,
-and Elvira, his mother, waiting for
-their “cues.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII<br />
-<span class="smaller">AT LAST</span></h2></div>
-
-<p class="no-indent"><span class="smcap"><span class="dropcap">T</span>he</span> small, pale apparition of Natale,
-suddenly projected into their midst,
-so startled them all that even Olga
-forgot to listen for the thud of Il Duca’s
-heavy body on the ground and the sound of
-his groans. They stared open-mouthed for
-an instant, and then the apparition vanished
-as suddenly as it had appeared.</p>
-
-<p>But the strains of the “Dead March”
-now recalled little Olga to herself, and she
-darted from behind the curtain and out into
-the light of the oil lamp, only to hear a
-familiar boyish voice instead of her own
-answering shrilly Giovanni’s question,
-“What are you crying about, child?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because our horse is dead!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</span></p>
-
-<p>“But are you sure he is quite dead?”
-And Giovanni’s voice faltered with sudden
-fear, as he gazed at Natale’s small, dusty
-figure kneeling at the horse’s head, with
-Oh! such a world of pleading in his dark
-eyes and folded hands.</p>
-
-<p>“Quite dead!” wailed Natale.</p>
-
-<p>“Get up and feel his pulse, boy. If
-there is any pulse he is <i>not</i> dead!” Giovanni
-spoke fiercely, but there was no frown upon
-his face.</p>
-
-<p>And so the farce went on as usual, to the
-end, while Olga, with pouting lips, slipped
-behind the curtain again and joined the
-others who were, every one, peeping in to
-see little Natale do his beloved dying-horse
-act.</p>
-
-<p>The little girl had come to enjoy her bit
-of acting with Giovanni and Il Duca, for
-kneeling with folded hands and sobbing
-breath was a pretty attitude, always loudly
-applauded, and she no longer feared that
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</span>Il Duca would lift his faithful hoof against
-her. But now, here was Natale back again,
-and his shrill little voice going over the silly
-replies to the clown in his own, old way.
-Well, it would be rather nice, after all, to
-have Natale again, and she would not fuss
-about it as there were so few things he could
-really do, while she was learning new feats
-already, and would soon be riding Tesoro
-bareback around the ring.</p>
-
-<p>A perfect storm of applause succeeded the
-end of the dialogue, when Il Duca scrambled
-to his feet, and the tent was filled with cries
-for a repetition of the scene. But Giovanni
-turned swiftly and lifted Natale to
-the horse’s back, only in time to prevent the
-child’s falling to the ground, as if stunned
-by the noise of the shouting. Out of the
-ring and through the smaller tent to the
-open air beyond Il Duca pranced proudly,
-with Giovanni at his bridle, holding Natale
-in his place with his free hand.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</span></p>
-
-<p>Outside, they laid the child down on the
-warm ground in the dim light, and Arduina
-brought a cupful of water and bathed his
-face, while Olga stood by, and Antonio and
-Elvira went back to help Giovanni with his
-table-leaping inside.</p>
-
-<p>“He is not dead, is he, Arduina?” Olga
-asked in a frightened voice. “Feel his pulse
-as we do Il Duca’s!”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry and call Nonna!” the older girl
-urged nervously. “We shall have to go in,
-the very next thing after this, and Nonna
-will know what to do.”</p>
-
-<p>So when Natale next opened his eyes, the
-light of a sputtering candle showed him the
-gray head of dear Nonna bent over him.
-He lay on a small mattress in a corner, and
-the smoke-stained ceiling of the house-wagon
-shut out the sky.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Ecco!</i> he opens his eyes, my <i>bimbo</i>! my
-Natalino! <i>Carino</i>,<a id="FNanchor_10" href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> what does it all mean?
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</span>Tell Nonna how you have come back to the
-<i>circo</i>!”</p>
-<p>But at first Natale only lifted one hand
-to stroke the dear, wrinkled face of Nonna,
-in smiling content. After a little, he laid
-his hand on the breast of his blouse and
-begged to be allowed to go to Giovanni.</p>
-
-<p>“He will not scold me for coming back
-when he sees what I have brought with
-me,” he urged.</p>
-
-<p>But Nonna reminded him that the tent
-was still crowded with spectators,&mdash;did
-he not hear the music close by, and the
-laughter of the people, as the clown and
-Antonio and Arduina did the funny pantomime?</p>
-
-<p>Natale lay back listening, with a happy
-smile on his lips, while Nonna went to blow
-up the coals of a small fire on the ground
-outside, and to hurry the broth that Natale
-might have nourishment. She could not
-prevail upon the boy to confide to her
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</span>what he was so anxious to tell his stepfather,
-and she left him alone, too glad to
-have him returned to them, to grumble over
-his reticence.</p>
-
-<p>Of all the children, Natale most sweetly
-recalled her own son’s childhood, and
-Antonio’s boyish affection for her, his
-cheeriness and obedience, had seemed to
-live again in Natale, although he was
-Elvira’s son, and no grandson, at all, of her
-own.</p>
-
-<p>The little ones, Tito, Maria, Gigi and the
-rest, were asleep in their corners, and Nonna
-had been sitting at rest in the wagon door
-when Olga had rushed up with the news that
-Natale had arrived and lay dying, perhaps,
-on the ground outside the tent. It was
-Nonna’s strong arms that had borne him
-away to the house-wagon, and Nonna’s
-vigorous rubbings and applications of cold
-water that had brought him out of the
-half-swoon of exhaustion. So Nonna was
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</span>content with her work, and would not press
-Natalino’s secret from him.</p>
-
-<p>By the time the performance was over,
-and the merry-makers had streamed out
-whistling, chatting and laughing together,
-and had gone their ways homeward, Natale,
-fed and rested, was sitting up bright-eyed
-and eager to announce his news.</p>
-
-<p>It was stuffy and hot in the wagon, and
-Giovanni went to fetch the boy outside, the
-moment the tent had emptied and the
-players were at leisure. Olga had not even
-taken time to change the yellow satin
-blouse and pink tights for her usual faded
-cotton frock. As for Antonio, he had only
-slipped his feet into a pair of loose slippers,
-so the great acrobat stood before Natale in
-all the glory of his spangled black velvet
-and shapely, pink-clad limbs.</p>
-
-<p>As the night was dark, one of the lamps
-was brought from the tent, and a wild,
-gypsy-like scene its rays revealed under the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</span>trees about the steps of the house-wagon.
-Elvira, in an access of motherly tenderness,
-gathered Natale to her red satin
-bosom, and called him by all the musical
-pet names belonging to the boys and girls
-of Italy, while the musicians peeped over
-the shoulders of the actors and wondered
-how little Natale had ever found his way on
-foot all the way from Cutigliano to the
-Bagni.</p>
-
-<p>“The tramping will have limbered up his
-legs!” one whispered to another.</p>
-
-<p>“Stiffened them, rather!” was the reply,
-and then everybody stopped talking and
-only gazed the harder as Natale put his
-hand within the breast of his blouse and
-drew out the old leather pocketbook.</p>
-
-<p>“There, Giovanni!” he said simply,
-reaching the book toward his stepfather.
-“The ugly, black peddler with the red cap
-like our Leo’s stole the money, and while he
-slept on his back, by the road, I stole it from
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</span>him, and then&mdash;Oh, how fast I ran and
-ran that he might not catch me and kill me
-with his long, sharp knife!”</p>
-
-<p>Giovanni, speechless with astonishment
-and joy, solemnly received and kissed and
-opened the pocketbook, and then spread
-out the notes, one by one, on his knee, while
-the rest crowded around, counting them
-aloud.</p>
-
-<p>What if all should not be there? Natale’s
-eyes shone feverishly as he leaned forward
-from his mother’s knee, his gaze alternately
-upon the clown’s face, and the long, lithe
-fingers handling the money.</p>
-
-<p>Five, ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five,
-thirty, thirty-five, forty, forty-five, fifty,
-fifty-five, sixty, sixty-five, seventy, seventy-five,
-eighty, eighty-two, eighty-four, eighty-six,
-eighty-eight, ninety, ninety-one, ninety-two,
-ninety-three, ninety-four, ninety-five,
-ninety-six, ninety-seven, ninety-eight,
-ninety-nine, <i>one hundred</i>!</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</span></p>
-
-<p>Natale’s head dropped back against the
-red satin shoulder of his mother, and his
-large eyes gazed wistfully into Giovanni’s
-face.</p>
-
-<p>Would they let him stay now that he had
-come all the weary way “after the wagon”,
-bringing them the lost money? Their welcome
-had been encouraging; would they let
-him remain, or must he be sent back to
-Cutigliano, to the priest, to Sora Grazia,
-to school, to imprisonment in a house without
-wheels, and without Nonna?</p>
-
-<p>It was Antonio Bisbini who brought up
-the question finally and in a manner settled
-it with his slow-spoken words. Everybody
-had wondered and rejoiced over the safe
-return of the pocketbook, with the money
-untouched, and Natale had had to tell all
-about the peddler, and the risks he had run
-of rousing the fellow from sleep in making
-his escape with the pocketbook.</p>
-
-<p>“He was the man who teased me to buy
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</span>the beautiful diamond brooch on the day of
-San Lorenzo!” cried pretty Arduina, who
-well remembered the peddler’s flattering
-attentions to her in his hope of finding a
-purchaser for his paltry glass jewelry.</p>
-
-<p>“And the same who so frightened our
-Tito outside the church,” Nonna chimed
-in indignantly. “And he all the time pretended
-to be so pious and anxious to see the
-saints’ relics in the church! No wonder
-Tito cried at the snapping of those dirty,
-thievish fingers in his little face. The
-saints only know how he found the money
-in Giovanni’s coat-pocket hung in the
-tent!”</p>
-
-<p>“Mamá <i>mia</i>, do you remember how stiff
-my legs were when I played at leaping with
-the boys at school in Florence?” Antonio,
-the finished acrobat, asked thoughtfully,
-breaking a long straw with his fingers and
-looking at nobody. His blond head reached
-almost to the lowest boughs of the chestnut
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</span>tree under which he stood, and the lamplight
-flared over his fair face and glittering
-costume.</p>
-
-<p>Natale sat up to hear the words of this
-oracle, and even slipped off the satin lap of
-Elvira to the ground, in order to be nearer
-Antonio.</p>
-
-<p>“I remember that you were a studious
-boy,” Nonna murmured in reply, with a
-note of the old bitterness in her voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Natale has done a good work in returning
-the money to us, Giovanni,” the acrobat
-continued. “Why send him back to the
-foreigners? He was unhappy, or he would
-never have come all this distance alone&mdash;mere
-baby that he is.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the Englishwoman’s money?”
-Giovanni asked in a businesslike tone.</p>
-
-<p>“What has been used, replace from the
-pocketbook. It is not much, as we have
-taken in so good a sum, here at the Bagni.
-Leo can ride back with it to Cutigliano
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</span>to-morrow morning, and return in time for
-our last night here.”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Ebbene!</i>” said Giovanni, and this meaning
-“All right, with a very good will,” so it
-was decided, and then everybody hurried
-to get into comfortable old clothes and to
-eat supper.</p>
-
-<p>Leo was sent to the nearest wine shop for
-a bottle of good red wine that the troop
-might drink to the joy of Natale’s return
-and the recovery of the money; also to the
-just discomfiture of all thieving peddlers.</p>
-
-<p>Long before the evening came to an end,
-a tired but most happy little boy had crept
-into the shadow and fallen asleep, with his
-head pillowed against Nonna’s knee.</p>
-
-<p>“I am glad thou art come back to us,
-Natalino,” she whispered in the softest
-Italian above the tangled brown curls,
-while the rest sang and made merry, “and
-if thy little legs will only grow as straight
-and as strong as my Antonio’s, and thy
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</span>heart remain as faithful to old Nonna, the
-saints forgive me if I care very much whether
-thou be acrobat or priest!”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>For some reason known best to himself,
-but readily guessed by the clown and the
-rest of the older members of the circus, the
-swarthy peddler was not seen in Bagni di
-Lucca for many a day after. But Natale
-did not lose his dread of encountering the
-fierce eyes and the cruel knife until long
-after the circus troop had taken to the road
-again.</p>
-
-<p>Nothing in the world could have induced
-Mrs. Bishop, the English lady at Cutigliano,
-to touch the money returned with, what
-was to her, most astonishing promptness
-and honesty through Leo, one of the musicians.</p>
-
-<p>In the first place, the notes were very dirty,
-much more so, she was sure, than when she
-had paid them to the clown a little more
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</span>than a week before. Secondly, she would
-not reclaim money which had been once
-devoted to the cause of civilization and
-of education. If the “little ingrate” despised
-his opportunities and had finally
-returned to his “wallowing in the mire”,
-let the money which would have bought
-him for decency and for usefulness go with
-him. Thirdly&mdash;but this was not acknowledged
-even to Betty&mdash;the old lady’s heart
-had been touched by the tale Luigi the
-priest had come to tell her on the morning
-after the flight of the birdling. So her
-heart was not quite so hard as her words
-sounded, and she was in truth rather rejoiced,
-as well as very much relieved in
-mind, when Leo had arrived to tell of runaway
-Natale’s return to the troop in
-safety. Therefore, generously, Mrs. Bishop
-would not receive the money because it
-seemed to her no longer her own; surely
-Giovanni and Elvira and Nonna had kept
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</span>their part of the bargain in giving up the
-child, while Natale had not even been
-consulted in their plan.</p>
-
-<p>The roll of notes was therefore returned
-by Leo to Giovanni, with the foreign lady’s
-instructions that the money was to be spent
-in providing meat for broth for the children
-so long as it should last. There would still
-be plenty of cold water always, free as air,
-for daily baths along the roads of Italy, and
-Mrs. Bishop hoped that Sora Grazia’s
-ministrations in that line would not soon
-be forgotten by Natale, who for one short
-week had been a scrubbed little lad. (It is
-safe to say that they were not!)</p>
-
-<p>Along with the money, Mrs. Bishop sent
-a school primer to Natale, with the admonition
-that he would at least try to learn
-to read while jogging up and down the
-earth and upsetting his stomach in all
-heathenish sports.</p>
-
-<p>But Madame Cioche and Betty rejoiced
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</span>in open triumph over Natale’s freedom, to
-say nothing of the priest Luigi and the
-wise old gentleman who had in fact unwittingly
-opened the cage door for flight.</p>
-
-<p>Sora Grazia was a trifle glum for a day or
-two at finding her pains thrown away upon
-the sulky little protégé of the foreign lady,
-but as the month’s pay for his board and
-lodging had been in advance, and the
-nearly new clothes and shoes and cap were
-now thrown into the bargain by Mrs.
-Bishop, to repay her for her extra trouble,
-she too soon became content and even
-pleased with the ending of the rich lady’s
-scheme.</p>
-
-<p>So the bare front wall of the priest’s
-house in Cutigliano among the mountains
-has, as yet, no prospect of being adorned
-by a memorial tablet to a waif of all outdoors
-who was willing to be a great man in
-books and goodness.</p>
-
-<p>And Natale?</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</span></p>
-
-<p>Well, Natale is learning, better and better,
-how to turn his <i>capitomboli</i> over the dusty
-circus carpet, and he still feels Il Duca’s
-pulse with sorrowful apprehension to the
-tune of the “Dead March in Saul”&mdash;by
-night among the oil lamps.</p>
-
-<p>By day, he trudges along hot white roads,
-under the marvelous blue of Italy’s sky,
-with Niero and Bianco for company. Or,
-he lies on the ground at Nonna’s side under
-some spreading tree in the camping-out
-times, sometimes spelling out words in a
-dog-eared primer, oftener gazing past the
-tree tops at the cloud-ships sailing overhead,
-while Nonna tells of Antonio’s wonderful
-childhood.</p>
-
-<p>By and by, when Natale grows too large
-to do the dying-horse act, and little Tito,
-or Gigi takes his place, he will be dashing
-with the horses around the ring. And then,
-in the still further and sweeter by and by,
-when Antonio’s agile legs will perhaps have
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</span>begun to stiffen again, and the straight back
-to bend forward a little as he walks, who
-but Natale will be the shining star of the
-Circo Equestre, like another bespangled,
-pink-clad Antonio, with crisp brown curls
-and laughing eyes, and the nimblest,
-straightest legs in all Italy?</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="adblock"><div class="chapter">
-<p class="center no-indent"><span class="smaller"><i>The story of a little patriotic Cuban girl</i></span></p></div>
-
-<div class="box"><p class="ph2">LITTLE CUBA LIBRE</p></div>
-
-<p class="center no-indent"><i>By</i> JANIE PRICHARD DUGGAN</p>
-
-<p class="center no-indent">Illustrated. 282 pages. 12mo. $1.35 <i>net.</i></p>
-
-<p>In all the big city of Havana there was no more patriotic
-little girl than Amada Trueno, daughter of one of the city
-gardeners. With all her heart she hated the Spaniards who
-ruled her beloved island of Cuba. “Little Cuba Libre” they
-called her when she stamped her foot and called the Spaniards
-enemies and tyrants. When she went to her cousin’s house
-in the country, although she played on friendly terms with
-the children of a Spanish planter, still her hatred of the oppressors
-slumbered. How the Cubans finally revolted, and
-how little Amada herself took part in that revolution, even
-to the extent of bearing arms, is told in this charming story.
-“Little Cuba Libre” contains faithful pictures of Cuban life
-and Cuban people, and while written especially for young
-readers, its fine qualities should also appeal to older ones.
-Besides being an interesting story of Cuban girlhood it is a
-depiction of the very spirit of patriotism.</p>
-
-<hr class="tiny" />
-
-<p class="center no-indent">LITTLE, BROWN &amp; CO., <span class="smcap">Publishers</span></p>
-
-<p class="center no-indent"><span class="smcap">34 Beacon Street, Boston</span></p></div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="adblock"><div class="chapter">
-<p class="center no-indent"><span class="smaller"><i>Real stories of three famous elephants</i></span></p></div>
-
-<div class="box2"><p class="ph2">THE ADVENTURES OF<br />
-MOLLIE, WADDY and TONY</p></div>
-
-<p class="center no-indent"><i>By</i> PAUL WAITT</p>
-
-<p class="center no-indent">Illustrated in color by Clara E. Atwood.</p>
-
-<p class="center no-indent">75 cents net.</p>
-
-<hr class="tiny" />
-
-<p>Mollie, Waddy and Tony are three of the most wonderful
-elephants in the world. Born in India, they have traveled
-all over Europe and our own America, showing their clever
-tricks to thousands of boys and girls. They were bought by
-the children of Boston and are now kept in the Franklin
-Park Zoo, where they will remain the rest of their lives.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Waitt writes of their adventures when they were
-traveling, and tells of some tricks they played which their
-keeper never taught them. Little Tony is the roguish one,
-and he is always getting into mischief. That clever little
-trunk of his pokes into all sorts of places where it doesn’t belong,
-and sometimes it takes Mollie, Waddy and Johann, the
-keeper, to make him behave as a proper little elephant should.</p>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p>“This is the most bewitching elephant story we ever read.
-It is the story of their travels through many countries. It is
-as good a story for boys and girls as any boys and girls will
-ever want to read.”&mdash;<i>Journal of Education</i>, Boston.</p>
-
-<p>“The story of ‘The Adventure of Mollie, Waddy, and
-Tony’ is one of the nicest that little people who like animals
-can read.”&mdash;<i>New York Times.</i></p></div>
-
-<hr class="tiny" />
-
-<p class="center no-indent">LITTLE, BROWN &amp; CO., <span class="smcap">Publishers</span></p>
-
-<p class="center no-indent"><span class="smcap">34 Beacon Street, Boston</span></p></div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="footblock"><div class="chapter">
-<p class="ph2 nobreak"><span class="smcap">Footnotes:</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1" class="footnote label">[1]</a> Pronounced Nah-tah´le.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2" class="footnote label">[2]</a> Mush of corn meal.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3" class="footnote label">[3]</a> “The little boy! The little boy!”</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4" class="footnote label">[4]</a> Foreigners.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5" class="footnote label">[5]</a> Young prince.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6" class="footnote label">[6]</a> Somersaults.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7" class="footnote label">[7]</a> Little boy.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8" class="footnote label">[8]</a> Good morning.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9" class="footnote label">[9]</a> Inn.</p>
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10" class="footnote label">[10]</a> Darling.</p></div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="transnote"><div class="chapter">
-<p class="ph2 nobreak"><span class="smcap">Transcriber’s Notes:</span></p></div>
-
-<p>On page 4, Tesore has been changed to Tesoro.</p>
-
-<p>On page 71, up-stairs has been changed to upstairs.</p>
-
-<p>Illustrations have been moved to avoid interrupting the flow of
-paragraphs.</p>
-
-<p>All other spelling, hyphenation, and non-English dialogue have been
-retained.</p></div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LITTLE ACROBAT: A STORY OF ITALY ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/69064-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/69064-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 209cf78..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h/images/i_044.jpg b/old/69064-h/images/i_044.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index cced38f..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/images/i_044.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h/images/i_094.jpg b/old/69064-h/images/i_094.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c93d8ca..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/images/i_094.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h/images/i_142.jpg b/old/69064-h/images/i_142.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b899010..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/images/i_142.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg b/old/69064-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 944c66a..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69064-h/images/i_title.jpg b/old/69064-h/images/i_title.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4df4f39..0000000
--- a/old/69064-h/images/i_title.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ